CAFE LA FRANCE INC
SB-2/A, 1997-04-11
EATING PLACES
Previous: CROSS CONTINENT AUTO RETAILERS INC M&L, DEF 14A, 1997-04-11
Next: HALTER MARINE GROUP INC, 8-K, 1997-04-11



   
AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON APRIL 11, 1997
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-18093
================================================================================
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
    
                                  ------------

   
                               AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO
                                    FORM SB-2
             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    

                                  ------------

                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                 (NAME OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUER IN ITS CHARTER)

                                  ------------


         DELAWARE                          5812                   05-0486226    
(STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION   (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL   (I.R.S. EMPLOYER  
   OF INCORPORATION OR         CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)   IDENTIFICATION NO.)
      ORGANIZATION)                                               
                                                             
                                  ------------
                                                               

                                THOMAS W. DEJORDY
                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                              216 WEYBOSSET STREET
                         PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND 02903
                                 (401) 453-2233
        (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES AND
            NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)

                                  ------------

                                    COPY TO:
    MICHAEL F. SWEENEY, ESQ.                          HENRY M. DIAMOND          
        DUFFY AND SWEENEY                            EARNHARDT CO., INC.       
     300 TURKS HEAD BUILDING                         10 ABBOT PARK PLACE        
 PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND 02903                  PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND  02903
         (401) 455-0700                                 (401) 331-5400          
                                                       
                                  ------------

    APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as  practicable
after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

    If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an  offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]__________.

    If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed  pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]__________.

    If delivery of the  prospectus  is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [ ]

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
======================================================================================================================
  TITLE OF EACH CLASS             AMOUNT              PROPOSED MAXIMUM         PROPOSED MAXIMUM             AMOUNT OF
OF SECURITIES TO BE                TO BE             OFFERING PRICE PER            AGGREGATE              REGISTRATION
      REGISTERED                REGISTERED           SHARE OR OPTION(1)            OFFERING                    FEE
<S>                             <C>                  <C>                          <C>                     <C>
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock                     1,125,000                  $4.00                 $4,500,000               $ 1,363.63
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Underwriter's Option                56,250                  $ .01                 $   562.50               $      .17
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock Underlying
Underwriter's Option                56,250                  $5.60                 $  315,000               $    95.45
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   TOTAL REGISTRATION FEE(2)                                                                                $1,459.25
======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

(1) Estimated  solely  for the  purpose  of  calculating  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended (the
    "Securities Act").

(2) No fee is due at this time, since $4,439.27 was paid on December 18, 1996 in
    connection with the initial filing of this Registration Statement covering a
    larger aggregate offering amount.

                                  ------------

    THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY AMENDS THIS  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH  SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL  THEREAFTER  BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 OR UNTIL THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE  COMMISSION,  ACTING PURSUANT TO SECTION 8(A), MAY
DETERMINE.

================================================================================

INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT  TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.   A
REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  RELATING  TO THESE  SECURITIES  HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION.  THESE  SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN  OFFER  TO  SELL OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION  OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.


   
                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 11, 1997
    


PROSPECTUS
- ----------
                                  [LOGO)




                  UP TO 1,125,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK

    Cafe La France, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),  hereby offers
(the "Offering") up to a maximum of 1,125,000 shares (the "Maximum Offering") of
its Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Shares"). The Company currently
anticipates  that the Shares  offered hereby will be offered at $4.00 per Share.
However,  the Company may amend this  Prospectus to increase the Offering  price
per Share as the Offering progresses to reflect the increasing  valuation of the
Company  during the Offering  period.  The minimum  subscription  is 100 Shares.
There is no minimum aggregate  Offering amount or escrow of subscription  funds,
and any funds received in this Offering will become immediately available to the
Company upon receipt and acceptance by the Company. See "UNDERWRITING" and "RISK
FACTORS -- No Minimum Offering; Greater Risk to Early Investors."

    The Shares  offered  hereby are being sold through  Earnhardt Co., Inc. (the
"Underwriter"),  as selling agent, on a "best efforts" basis, up to a maximum of
1,125,000 Shares (the "Offering"). The Offering will terminate on June 30, 1997,
unless  extended  by the  Company,  without  notice to  investors,  for up to an
additional  120 day  period,  or until  the  maximum  number  of shares is sold,
whichever  occurs first (the  "Termination  Date").  The period during which the
Shares will be offered to investors is hereinafter  referred to as the "Offering
Period."

    Prior to this  Offering,  no public market for the Shares has existed and no
assurance  can be given that any such  market  will  develop in the future or be
sustained, if developed.  The Offering price has been established by the Company
in  consultation  with  the  Underwriter  and  does  not  necessarily  bear  any
relationship to the Company's book value, assets, net worth or other established
criteria of value. The Company expects the Shares to be quoted on the NASD's OTC
Bulletin Board following the  Termination  Date by broker dealer firms who agree
to make a market in the Company's shares. When eligible,  the Company will apply
for quotation of the Shares on The Nasdaq Small Cap(tm) Market  ("Nasdaq").  See
"RISK FACTORS -- Arbitrary Determination of Offering Price" and "UNDERWRITING."



         THE SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.
                 SEE "RISK FACTORS" (BEGINNING ON PAGE 6).

     THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THESECURITIES
     AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION NOR HAS THE
      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
          PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY
              REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                  PRICE TO                       PROCEEDS TO
                                   PUBLIC     COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                              <C>              <C>            <C>
Per Share                        $     4.00       $    .40       $     3.60
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total Maximum(3)                 $4,500,000       $450,000       $4,050,000
================================================================================
</TABLE>
   
(1) Does not include  additional  compensation to be received by the Underwriter
    in the form of a common  stock  purchase  option  exercisable  for shares of
    Common  Stock equal to 5% of the number of Shares sold at an exercise  price
    equal to 140% of the offering  price of such Shares.  The Company has agreed
    to  indemnify  the  Underwriter  against  certain   liabilities,   including
    liabilities  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as amended and to reimburse
    the  Underwriter  for certain  actual  expenses  not to exceed $12,000.  See
    "UNDERWRITING."
    
(2) Before deducting additional expenses of the Offering payable by the Company,
    estimated  to be  $300,000,  including,  among  other  expenses,  legal  and
    accounting  fees,  Blue Sky filing fees,  printing  costs and transfer agent
    fees.

(3) Assuming the Maximum  Offering is achieved.  No minimum  number of Shares is
    required to be sold,  and sales will be made on a continuing  basis prior to
    the termination of the Offering.  See "RISK FACTORS -- No Minimum  Offering;
    Greater Risk to Early Investors" and "UNDERWRITING."

    The Shares are being offered and sold on a "best efforts" basis by Earnhardt
Co., Inc. as selling agent (the "Underwriter") and possibly other broker-dealers
that enter into selected  dealer  agreements with the  Underwriter.  Neither the
Underwriter  nor any selling group member,  if any, will have any  obligation to
purchase  or accept any of the  Shares.  The  Underwriter  will  receive a sales
commision  of 10% for  any  Shares  sold  and a  Common  Stock  purchase  option
exercisable  for shares of Common Stock equal to 5% of the number of Shares sold
at an  exercise  price  of 140%  of the  Offering  price  of  such  Shares  (the
"Underwriter's  Option"). The Company reserves the right to withdraw,  cancel or
modify this Offering and to reject any  subscription  in whole or in part. It is
expected that delivery of the certificates  representing the Shares will be made
promptly   after   acceptance   of  any   subscription   by  the  Company.   See
"UNDERWRITING."

    The  Offering  will  terminate  on June 30,  1997 (or earlier if the Maximum
Offering is achieved), unless extended in the sole discretion of the Company for
up to an additional 120 days.

                               Earnhardt Co., Inc.


           THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS                , 1997.








                         INSIDE FRONT COVER INFORMATION


        THREE COLOR PHOTOGRAPHS OF INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR STORE LOCATIONS










    A  SIGNIFICANT  AMOUNT OF THE  SECURITIES TO BE SOLD IN THIS OFFERING MAY BE
SOLD TO  CUSTOMERS  OF THE  UNDERWRITER.  THIS MAY  AFFECT  THE  MARKET  FOR AND
LIQUIDITY   OF  THE   COMPANY'S   SECURITIES   IN  THE  EVENT  THAT   ADDITIONAL
BROKER-DEALERS DO NOT MAKE A MARKET IN THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES,  OF WHICH THERE
CAN BE NO ASSURANCE.  IN SUCH EVENT, THE POSSIBLIITY  EXISTS THAT THE MARKET FOR
THE  COMPANY'S  COMMON STOCK COULD BE OR BECOME  ILLIQUID,  WHICH MAY AFFECT THE
SHAREHOLDERS' ABILITY TO TRADE THE COMPANY'S SECURITIES.

    IN CONNECTION  WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY AT A LEVEL  ABOVE THAT WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE  PREVAIL IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.







                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    The  following  summary is qualified  in its  entirety by the more  detailed
information  and financial  statements and notes thereto  included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  Unless otherwise specified, all information in this Prospectus
relating  to the  number of shares of Common  Stock and per share  data has been
adjusted to give effect to a 5 for 4 stock split declared by the Company's Board
of Directors on March 6, 1997.

                                THE COMPANY

   
    Cafe La France,  Inc. (the "Company"),  through its operating  subsidiaries,
consists of a chain of 18 cafes,  eleven of which are owned and  operated by the
Company  and seven of which are  operated as  franchises  by  independent  third
parties  who have  entered  into  franchise  agreements  with the  Company.  The
Company's menu features  coffee  beverages  including  espresso and  cappuccino,
muffins, croissants,  brownies and cookies baked on the premises,  made-to-order
sandwiches, hot soups, salads and cold beverages. Target customers include urban
office employees,  students and other adults who are time-sensitive yet desire a
higher quality  breakfast and lunch  experience than is typically found at quick
service  restaurants.  The Company seeks to locate its cafes in high visibility,
heavily-trafficked  office or shopping  areas that are easily  accessible to its
target  clientele.  See  "BUSINESS -- Site  Selection and Design." The Company's
strategy is to create  distinctive food offerings at reasonable  prices that are
fresher,  of higher  quality  and in  greater  variety  than  those  offered  by
competitors.  See "BUSINESS -- Competition."  The Company's  founder,  Thomas W.
DeJordy, opened his first Cafe La France retail store in 1989. Over the next few
years,  additional Cafe La France outlets were established,  including the first
franchise in August 1994. See "BUSINESS -- Company History." The majority of the
Company's 18 cafes are situated in urban locations,  occupy 800-1300 square feet
of leased space,  and are open Monday through Friday.  With the exception of its
Lexington,  Massachusetts cafe and its Baltimore,  Maryland franchise, all cafes
are currently clustered in and around Providence, Rhode Island. See "BUSINESS --
Properties" and "BUSINESS -- Franchise Operations -- Locations."
    

    The Company  specializes  in four sectors of the cafe  business:  (1) coffee
products, including six varieties of freshly ground and brewed coffees, espresso
drinks,  gourmet teas,  and iced  coffees;  (2) baked goods,  including  bagels,
biscotti, muffins, scones, and croissants; (3) lunch products, including several
varieties of sandwiches,  soups and salads; and (4) catered products,  including
baked goods and beverages  appropriate for breakfast meetings,  business lunches
and other  professional  gatherings.  The Company's  percentage of revenues from
each of its four major product categories, based on a representative sampling of
sales  from  Company  owned  cafes  for  the  most  recent   fiscal  year,   are
approximately  as follows:  coffee  products  (40%);  baked goods  (18%);  lunch
products (40%); and catering sales (2%). See "BUSINESS -- Products."

    The Company's  expansion strategy will initially focus on opening new stores
in urban areas which cater to working  professionals.  Management  believes that
significant  expansion  opportunities  exist in the Boston,  Massachusetts  area
primarily  because  of the  large  number of people  working  in Boston  and the
increased likelihood of name recognition/brand identity in an area approximately
50 miles from its existing  market.  Management  further believes that expansion
into an area geographically  close to its Providence,  Rhode Island headquarters
can be achieved with its existing corporate  management personnel because of the
short  travel time  between  Boston and  Providence  and because its Director of
Operations  and Vice  President  --  Finance  were  hired in part to manage  the
Company's expansion into Boston.  Management is also exploring  opportunities in
highly visible residential areas.  Unlike urban locations,  cafes in residential
settings would  typically  remain open seven days a week and may operate under a
different  trade  name.  The  timing  and  extent of the  Company's  growth  and
expansion  depends on the success of this  Offering.  See "BUSINESS -- Expansion
Strategy" and "USE OF PROCEEDS."

    The  Company's  executive  offices  are  located  at 216  Weybosset  Street,
Providence, Rhode Island. Its telephone number is (401) 453-2233.


                                       3





                               THE OFFERING

Risk Factors..............  The Shares offered hereby are  speculative in nature
                            and  involve  a  high  degree  of  risk.  See  "RISK
                            FACTORS."

Securities Offered by the
  Company.................  1,125,000 Shares of Common Stock.

Shares of Common Stock
  Outstanding
  Before the Offering.....  1,616,628

Shares of Common Stock
  Outstanding
  After the Offering......  2,741,628(1)(2)

Percent of Common Stock
  owned by
  current stockholders
  after the Offering (2)..  58.97%

Gross Proceeds from the
  Maximum Offering........  $4,500,000

Use of Proceeds...........  The net  proceeds  of the Maximum  Offering  will be
                            used (i) to finance the expansion and development of
                            additional  restaurants,  (ii) to repay  outstanding
                            indebtedness  to certain  noteholders  and (iii) for
                            general corporate purposes. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

Proposed OTC Trading
  Symbol(3)...............  CLAF


- -----------
(1) Assuming  the  Maximum  Offering  is  achieved,  as to which there can be no
    assurance.

(2) Excludes (i) 500,000  shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the
    Company's 1996 Stock Incentive Plan, of which 79,025 options are outstanding
    as of the date of this  Prospectus at an exercise  price of $2.76 per share,
    (ii) 72,500  shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance  upon exercise of
    certain outstanding  non-qualified options at an exercise price of $2.76 per
    share,  (iii)  112,500  shares of common stock  reserved  for issuance  upon
    exercise of certain  warrants issued in the Company's 1996 private  offering
    of notes and warrants and (iv) the Underwriter's Option,  exercisable in the
    aggregate  for up to 56,250  shares of Common  Stock,  assuming  the Maximum
    Offering is achieved. See "SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE."

(3) No assurance can be given that a trading  market will develop for the Shares
    or, if developed,  that such market will be sustained.  See "RISK FACTORS --
    Absence of Public Market."



                                       4






                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                          FISCAL YEAR         NINE MONTHS     --------------------------
                                                             ENDED               ENDED        DECEMBER 29,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                       SEPTEMBER 29, 1996   OCTOBER 1, 1995       1996           1995
                                                       ------------------   ---------------       ----           ----
<S>                                                    <C>                  <C>                <C>            <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS DATA(1):
   Total revenues                                          $2,198,753         $ 1,467,162      $  635,027     $  580,428
   Operating loss                                            (616,601)           (488,012)       (248,732)       (84,351)
   Net loss before income taxes                              (672,557)           (516,858)       (295,129)       (95,354)
   Net loss                                                  (673,307)           (517,358)       (295,879)       (96,104)
   Net loss per share(2)                                         (.38)                               (.17)          (.05)
   Shares used in computing loss per share(2)               1,775,820                           1,775,820      1,775,820
PRO FORMA DATA:
   Historical net loss as above                            $ (673,307)        $  (517,358)     $ (295,879)    $  (96,104)
   Pro forma salary adjustment                                 --                 (50,000)         --            (12,500)
                                                           ----------         -----------       ---------      ---------
     Pro forma net loss                                    $ (673,307)        $  (567,358)     $ (295,879)    $ (108,604)
                                                           ==========         ===========       =========      ========= 
CAFE OPERATING DATA:
   System-Wide sales(3)                                    $3,244,613         $ 1,927,386
   Company owned cafes(4)                                   2,046,638           1,311,538
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           FISCAL YEAR ENDED      NINE MONTHS ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED     THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                          SEPTEMBER 29, 1996       OCTOBER 1, 1995       DECEMBER 29, 1996       DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                          ------------------       ---------------       -----------------       -----------------
                                           AT END    FOR FULL     AT END     FOR FULL    AT END     FOR FULL     AT END    FOR FULL
                                         OF PERIOD    PERIOD     OF PERIOD    PERIOD    OF PERIOD    PERIOD    OF PERIOD    PERIOD
                                         ---------    ------     ---------    ------    ---------    ------    ---------    ------
<S>                                         <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
NUMBER OF CAFES OPEN:
   Company owned                            10          8          10          4          11          10          10          10
   Franchised                                7          4           5          5           6           6           8           5
                                            --         --          --          -          --          --          --          --
   Total                                    17         12          15          9          17          16          18          15
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   
                                            AT SEPTEMBER 29, 1996   AT DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                            ---------------------   --------------------
<S>                                             <C>                    <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Working capital (deficit)                       $  (640,351)           $ (923,178)
Total assets                                        885,654             1,038,128
Long term liabilities                            $  418,762            $  403,957
Total liabilities                                 1,204,332             1,622,685
Stockholders' equity (deficit)                     (318,678)             (584,557)
</TABLE>
    



(1) Prior to  October  2,  1995,  each of the  existing  operating  subsidiaries
    included in the Company  (CLF2,  Inc.  and CLF  Franchise  Corporation)  had
    elected those  provisions of the Internal  Revenue Code  (Subchapter  S) and
    state laws which  provide  for the income of the  Company to be taxed at the
    stockholder  level.  The  Company  terminated  the  S-corporation  elections
    effective October 2, 1995,  resulting in a nine month fiscal year for fiscal
    1995 and the commencement of a new fiscal year beginning October 2, 1995 and
    ending September 29, 1996.

(2) Prior to October 2,  1995,  the  Company  elected  S-corporation  status and
    therefore  was not  subject to federal  and state  corporate  income  taxes.
    Accordingly,  earnings per share data has been presented only for the fiscal
    periods after October 1, 1995.

(3) Reflects total sales of Company owned cafes, commissary sales to franchisees
    and initial franchise fees, and sales of franchised  restaurants as reported
    by  franchisees  or derived by the  Company  from  other  data  reported  by
    franchisees.   See  "MANAGEMENT'S   DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL
    CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS."

(4) Reflects total sales of Company owned cafes.  Excludes  commissary  sales of
    $54,645 for the fiscal year ended  September  29, 1996 and  $118,158 for the
    nine months ended October 1, 1995.


                                       5





                                  RISK FACTORS

    THE SECURITIES  OFFERED  HEREBY  INVOLVE A HIGH DEGREE OF RISK.  PROSPECTIVE
INVESTORS  SHOULD  CAREFULLY  CONSIDER,  IN  ADDITION  TO THE OTHER  INFORMATION
CONTAINED IN THIS PROSPECTUS, THE INFORMATION PRESENTED BELOW.

   
    RECENT LOSSES;  LIMITED OPERATING  HISTORY;  NO ASSURANCE OF FUTURE PROFITS;
Ability to Continue as a Going Concern.  For the fiscal year ended September 29,
1996 and the nine months  ended  October 1, 1995,  the Company had net losses of
$673,307 and $517,358 respectively, and for the quarter ended December 29, 1996,
the Company had a net loss of  $295,879.  Also,  as of December  29,  1996,  the
Company had an accumulated deficit of $1,562,748.  Although the Company's losses
can be in part  attributed to the hiring of additional  management  personnel in
preparation for implementing its expansion plan, there can be no assurance when,
if ever, the Company will achieve profitable operations.  In addition,  although
the first Cafe La France store opened in 1989 and the Company has grown steadily
ever since, the Company did not prepare  financial  statements on a consolidated
basis prior to the nine months ended  October 1, 1995.  See "BUSINESS -- Company
History." As a result, the Company has a limited combined operating history as a
multi-store  operator/franchiser upon which investors may evaluate the Company's
performance.  See  "BUSINESS  -- Company  History"  and  "BUSINESS  -- Expansion
Strategy." On March 10, 1997,  as part of their updated  report on the Company's
financial  statements  for the fiscal year ended  September  29,  1996  included
herein, the Company's  independent  auditors expressed doubt about the Company's
ability  to  continue  as a going  concern  because  of  recurring  losses  from
operations and a net capital deficiency. Management intends to use a substantial
portion of the proceeds from this Offering,  after repayment of certain debt and
Offering  expenses,  to implement its expansion  strategy which it believes will
result in increased  revenues,  reduced  losses,  and  elimination of the "going
concern"  opinion,  although  there can be no assurance as to when, if ever, the
Company will achieve  profitability.  If the Company is unable to  substantially
carry out its expansion strategy or to significantly  increase the profitability
of its  existing  cafes,  management  will be  required  to sharply  curtail the
Company's  overhead structure to continue its business  operations.  See "USE OF
PROCEEDS,"  "BUSINESS  --  Expansion  Strategy,"  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  --  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources," and Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

    NEED FOR ADDITIONAL  CAPITAL;  SUBSTANTIALLY ALL ASSETS PLEDGED. In order to
achieve  and  maintain  the  Company's  geographic  expansion  through new store
openings and/or  acquisition of existing cafes, the Company believes that it may
need to obtain  additional bank financing or sell additional  equity and/or debt
(or hybrid) securities in future public and/or private financings,  particularly
in the event that the Maximum Offering  hereunder is not achieved.  The issuance
of such debt or equity financings may cause additional dilution to purchasers in
this Offering.  The Company currently has no commitments for any such financings
and there can be no assurance that any such  financings can be obtained on terms
acceptable to the Company. In addition,  the lender under the Company's existing
line of credit has a first priority  security  interest on substantially  all of
the  assets of the  Company  which may limit  the  Company's  ability  to obtain
additional financing.  See "DILUTION" and "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  --  Liquidity  and Capital
Resources."

   
    NO MINIMUM  OFFERING;  GREATER RISK TO EARLY INVESTORS.  The Company has not
established  any minimum  offering  amount or escrow  account for the  Offering.
Since the Offering is  proceeding  on a "best  efforts"  basis,  there can be no
assurance  that all or any of the Shares  offered  hereby  will be sold.  If any
Shares are sold,  the  Company  anticipates  using the first  $500,000  in gross
proceeds from the Offering  ($450,000 net proceeds) for general  working capital
($150,000)  and  expenses  of  the  Offering  ($300,000).   Accordingly,  if  no
additional proceeds are generated by the Offering,  the Company will not be able
to implement its expansion  strategy and such early  investors  could lose their
entire  investment.  If the Company  receives gross proceeds of $1,500,000,  the
Company  intends to acquire and/or  develop up to four - five new  Company-owned
locations.  Accordingly,  investors  contributing such funds bear less risk than
investors  contributing  up to the first $500,000 to the extent such  additional
funds will improve the  financial  condition of the Company.  Nevertheless,  the
Company's  expansion  strategy will not be fully implemented  unless the Maximum
Offering hereunder is achieved, as to which there can be no assurance,  and as a
result  earlier 
    


                                       6





investors in the Offering bear greater risk in comparison to later  investors in
the Offering.  Although the Company may determine to increase the offering price
of the Shares during the Offering Period to reflect the increasing  valuation of
the Company as  proceeds  from the  Offering  are applied to fund its growth and
expansion, the Company makes no representations as to whether any such increased
price,  if effected,  will be an adequate or fair indication of the disparity in
risk  between  early  investors  and  later  investors.  See "USE OF  PROCEEDS,"
"BUSINESS -- Expansion Strategy" and "UNDERWRITING."

   
    GEOGRAPHIC  CONCENTRATION.  Ten of the eleven cafes  currently  owned by the
Company  and six of the  Company's  seven  franchises  are located in and around
Providence,  Rhode Island. As a result,  the Company's results of operations may
be  materially  affected by changes in the Rhode  Island  economy.  Although the
Company  anticipates the  establishment of new cafes in Massachusetts  and other
states in the Northeast and adjacent  areas,  there can be no assurance that the
Company  will  successfully  expand  into  such  markets  or that the  Company's
business concept will be successful in such new areas. In addition,  the Company
is operating a recently  acquired cafe under the name "The Village Bean" and may
seek to acquire and operate  additional cafes under other names. There can be no
assurance that the Company's  expansion  plan will be successful  under any such
trade names. See "BUSINESS -- Competition" and "BUSINESS -- Expansion Strategy."

    UNCERTAINTY OF ACCOMPLISHING  EXPANSION STRATEGY. The Company has grown from
four Company owned cafes and four independently  operated  franchises in 1994 to
eleven Company owned cafes and seven independently operated franchises as of the
date of this Prospectus, and anticipates additional growth. The Company's growth
strategy contemplates the establishment of new stores as well as acquisitions of
existing  cafe-style  coffee  restaurants  in desired  locations  as well as the
development of additional  franchises.  Such  acquisitions,  if any, may involve
potentially   dilutive  issuances  of  equity  securities,   the  incurrence  of
additional  debt and/or the  amortization  of  significant  expenses  related to
goodwill and other intangible  assets  acquired.  The suitability of a candidate
for acquisition  will be determined by the Board of Directors,  and stockholders
will not have an  opportunity  to review  the  financial  condition  of any such
candidate or to approve any such  transactions.  The Company does not  currently
have any definitive plans,  proposals,  arrangements or  understandings  for the
acquisition of any existing restaurants or locations, other than as follows: (i)
the Company has retained  the  services of a commercial  realtor to identify and
locate up to 20 suitable  properties in the Boston area available for lease over
the next 12-18 months;  and (ii) the Company has entered into a lease  agreement
with a  landlord  in the Boston  area dated  February  21,  1997 which  lease is
contingent upon the Landlord  displacing an existing restaurant tenant by August
1997.  The  Company  will  continue  to evaluate  acquisition  opportunities  in
accordance  with its expansion  strategy as described  herein.  See "BUSINESS --
Expansion  Strategy." The continued growth of the Company in general will depend
on a number of factors,  including the availability of suitable  locations,  the
negotiation of favorable lease or site acquisition  terms,  the  identification,
training and retention of skilled  management  personnel,  the  availability  of
adequate capital,  general economic and business conditions,  and other factors,
some of which are beyond the control of the  Company.  There can be no assurance
that the  Company  will  achieve  its  expansion  goals  or  manage  its  growth
effectively,  and such  failure  could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the
Company's results of operations.  See  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS,"  "BUSINESS -- Company  History"
and "BUSINESS -- Expansion Strategy."
    

    SIGNIFICANT  INCREASING  COMPETITION.  The coffee,  sandwich and baked goods
industry  is highly  competitive.  Many of the  Company's  competitors  are well
established  and have  substantially  greater  financial,  marketing  and  other
resources than the Company. In addition, certain national and regional companies
such as Au Bon  Pain and  Starbucks  have  recently  expanded  into the  greater
Providence,  Rhode  Island area,  while other chain store  operators/franchisors
such as Dunkin Donuts have been upgrading  their menu selections to include more
baked goods such as fat-free muffins,  bagels and sandwiches.  The expansion and
menu  modification  by such chains or other  similar  competitors  may adversely
affect the Company's future profitability or its ability to compete successfully
in the future. See "BUSINESS -- Competition."

    DEPENDENCE  ON KEY  PERSONNEL.  The  Company's  success  will  depend on the
continued  efforts and  abilities of Thomas W.  DeJordy,  Chairman of the Board,
Chief  Executive  Officer and President,  and Robert G. King,  Vice President --
Finance, Treasurer and Director. The Company has entered into an employment


                                       7





agreement  with Mr.  DeJordy  which  provides for a term of 3 years and contains
non-competition  provisions,  and the  Company has  entered  into an  employment
agreement  with Mr. King which also  provides for a term of 3 years and contains
non-competition  provisions,  contingent upon the success of this Offering.  The
loss of  services  of any of its senior  management  personnel  could  adversely
affect the Company.  The Company has acquired key man life insurance on the life
of Mr.  DeJordy in the  amount of $1  million,  and  intends  to  purchase  such
insurance  on the life of Mr. King with a portion of the proceeds of the Maximum
Offering,  if achieved.  In addition,  as the Company's  expansion  occurs,  the
success of the Company will depend in part on the  Company's  ability to attract
and  retain  additional  qualified  personnel.  There is no  assurance  that the
Company  will be  able to hire or  retain  such  personnel  in the  future.  See
"MANAGEMENT -- Employment Agreements."

    ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET. There is no public market for the Company's Common
Stock and there can be no assurance that an active public market will develop in
the future as a result of the  Offering.  Although  the  Company  expects  that,
following the Offering,  the Common Stock will be quoted by broker/dealer  firms
in the  over-the-counter  market ("OTC")  through the OTC  "Electronic  Bulletin
Board," there can be no assurance that a trading market will develop on the OTC,
or, if developed, will be sustained.  Accordingly, an investor in the Shares may
not be able to sell  his or her  Shares  readily,  if at all.  As a  result,  an
investor must be able to bear the economic risk of the investment in the Company
for an indefinite period of time. See "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES" -- Limitations
on Transfers of Shares."

    ARBITRARY DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE. The initial public offering price
of the  Shares has been  arbitrarily  determined  by  consultation  between  the
Company and the Underwriter and does not  necessarily  bear any  relationship to
the  Company's  assets,  book  value or  financial  condition,  or to any  other
recognized criteria of value. See "UNDERWRITING."

    LACK OF  DIVIDENDS.  The  Company  currently  intends  to retain  any future
earnings for use in its  business and does not expect to pay any cash  dividends
on any shares of Common  Stock for the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  the
Company's  agreement  with its  primary  bank  lender  prohibits  the payment of
dividends without the bank's prior written consent. See "DIVIDEND POLICY."

    CONTROL BY THE CEO.  As of the date of this  Prospectus,  Mr.  DeJordy,  the
Company's  Chairman,  Chief Executive Officer and President,  owns approximately
71.4% of the Company's  1,616,628 shares of issued and outstanding Common Stock,
and is able to control virtually all aspects of the Company's operations. If the
Maximum  Offering is completed,  Mr. DeJordy will continue to own  approximately
42.1% of the  outstanding  Common Stock of the Company  (assuming no exercise of
existing warrants or options -- see "SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE") and will
have the potential to continue to control virtually all aspects of the Company's
operations.  See "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS," "MANAGEMENT -- Employment Agreements"
and "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES -- Common Stock Options."

    DEPENDENCE  ON  SUPPLIERS.  The Company  currently  purchases all its coffee
products from New England  Coffee,  Inc. and most of its  food-related  products
from New Vermont  Creamery,  Inc. and Perkins  Paper,  Inc. The Company does not
have any written supply agreements with any of its suppliers,  and believes that
alternative  sources are available.  Although the Company believes its suppliers
have  sufficient  capacity  to meet any  increase in demand  resulting  from the
Company's proposed expansion strategy,  a disruption in supply or degradation in
quality  could have an adverse  impact on the  Company's  business and financial
results,  particularly  at a time when the Company is  attempting to build brand
identity  and  customer  loyalty.  In  addition,  an increase in prices from its
suppliers,  particularly  with respect to coffee and food  products,  could also
have an adverse impact on the Company's business and financial results.

   
    POSSIBLE  DEPRESSIVE EFFECT OF FUTURE SALES OF COMMON STOCK. Upon completion
of this  Offering,  there will be 2,741,628  shares of Common Stock  outstanding
(assuming  no exercise  of existing  options or  warrants),  of which  1,125,000
shares of Common  Stock sold in this  Offering  will be freely  tradable  in the
United States without  restriction  under the  Securities  Act, by persons other
than  "affiliates"  of the Company,  as defined under the Securities Act -- if a
market for such Shares were to develop (See "Absence of Public  Market"  above).
Of the remaining  1,616,628 shares  outstanding,  (i) 362,384 shares were issued
pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D in the Company's 1995-1996 private offering
of Common Stock (See "CERTAIN  TRANSACTIONS") and would be freely tradable under
federal securities laws after this Offering but for a 13 month
    


                                       8




   
post-Offering  "lock-up"  provision  contained  in the  subscription  agreements
executed by investors in such offering,  and (ii) 1,254,244 shares have not been
registered under the Securities Act and constitute "restricted securities" under
Rule 144 of the  Securities  Act  ("Rule  144").  Ordinarily,  under Rule 144, a
person holding restricted  securities for a period of two years may, every three
months, sell in ordinary brokerage transactions or in transactions directly with
a market  maker an amount  equal to the greater of one percent of the  Company's
then  outstanding  Common Stock or the average  weekly trading volume during the
four calendar weeks prior to such sale.  Rule 144 also permits sales by a person
who is not an  affiliate  of the  Company  and who has  satisfied  a  three-year
holding period without any quantity limitation. The Company's Chairman and Chief
Executive  Officer  (Mr.  DeJordy)  has agreed not to sell any of his  1,154,556
shares of Common Stock, all of which  constitute  restricted  securities,  for a
period of 13 months from the date of this  Prospectus  without the prior written
consent of the Underwriter.  Thereafter, Mr. DeJordy would be eligible to resell
such shares,  subject to volume limitations and other conditions imposed by Rule
144.  With  respect  to the  remaining  99,688  shares  of  Common  Stock  which
constitute  restricted  securities,  68,875 shares held by non-affiliates  would
become  eligible for resale under Rule 144 on October 2, 1997 and 30,813  shares
held by non-affiliates would become eligible for resale on May 30, 1998, subject
to volume  limitations  and other  conditions  imposed by Rule 144. Future sales
under Rule 144 may have a  depressive  effect on the market  price of the Common
Stock should a public market develop for such stock, as to which there can be no
assurance.  In addition,  warrants  issued to investors  in the  Company's  1996
private offering of promissory  notes and warrants (the "Bridge  Warrants") will
become  exercisable  for  112,500  shares of Common  Stock 13 months  after this
Offering.  Following  registration  thereof,  which the Company is  obligated to
undertake,  resales of such shares  could also have a  depressive  effect on the
market price of the Common Stock,  should any such market  develop.  See "SHARES
ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE" and "UNDERWRITING."
    

    GOVERNMENT REGULATION OF RESTAURANT AND FRANCHISE OPERATIONS. The Company is
subject to a variety of  federal,  state and local laws.  Each of the  Company's
cafes  is  subject  to  licensing  and  regulation  by a  number  of  government
authorities, including health, safety, sanitation, building and fire agencies in
the area in which the cafe is located. In addition,  the Company is also subject
to federal and state laws  regulating  the offer and sale of  franchises,  which
laws impose registration and disclosure requirements on franchisors in the offer
and sale of franchises.  Difficulties in obtaining or failure to obtain required
licenses or approvals  could delay or prevent the  development  of a new cafe or
franchise in a particular  area. The Company's cafe  operations are also subject
to federal and state laws  governing  such  matters as the minimum  hourly wage,
unemployment tax rates, sales tax and similar matters over which the Company has
no control.  Significant numbers of the Company's service, food preparation, and
other  personnel  are paid at rates  related to the federal  minimum  wage,  and
increases  in the  minimum  wage  could  increase  the  Company's  labor  costs.
Management  believes  that the Company is in material  compliance  with all such
government  regulations  as of the date of this  Prospectus.  See  "BUSINESS  --
Franchise Operations -- Registration" and "BUSINESS -- Government Regulation."

    REDUCED  PROBABILITY OF  CHANGE-OF-CONTROL  OR ACQUISITION OF COMPANY DUE TO
EXISTENCE OF ANTI-TAKEOVER  PROVISIONS.  The Company has expressly elected to be
governed by Section 203 of the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (the "DGCL").
Section 203 is an anti-takeover law which, in general,  restricts the ability of
a publicly held Delaware  corporation from engaging in a "business  combination"
with an "interested  stockholder"  for a period of three years after the date of
the  transaction  in which the person  became an  interested  stockholder.  As a
result, potential acquirers of the Company may be discouraged from attempting to
effect an acquisition  transaction with the Company,  thereby possibly depriving
holders  of the  Company's  securities  of  certain  opportunities  to  sell  or
otherwise  dispose of such  securities at  above-market  prices pursuant to such
transactions. In addition, the Company's Certificate of Incorporation authorizes
the Company's  Board of Directors to issue Preferred Stock in one or more series
and to  fix  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  thereof,
including dividend rights,  dividend rates,  conversion  rights,  voting rights,
terms  of  redemption,   liquidation   preferences  and  the  number  of  shares
constituting  any series or designation of such series,  without further vote or
action by stockholders. Finally, the Company's By-Laws require a certain advance
notice  procedure with regard to nomination of directors and other matters to be
brought  before  an  annual  meeting  of  stockholders  other  than by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors.  As a result of the  application of Section
203,  the  existence  of "blank  check"  Preferred  Stock,  the  advance  notice
procedure in the By-Laws,  and certain change in control provisions contained in
the 


                                       9






employment  contract of the  Company's  President and Chief  Executive  Officer,
potential  acquirers of the Company may find it more difficult or be discouraged
from attempting to effect an acquisition transaction with or a change of control
of the Company,  thereby possibly depriving holders of the Company's  securities
of certain  opportunities  to sell or otherwise  dispose of such  securities  at
above-market prices pursuant to such transactions. See "MANAGEMENT -- Employment
Agreements"  and  "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES -- Delaware Law and Certain Charter
and By-Law Provisions."

    LIMITATION  ON OFFICERS'  AND  DIRECTORS'  LIABILITIES  UNDER  DELAWARE LAW.
Pursuant to the Company's Certificate of Incorporation,  as authorized under the
DGCL, directors of the Company are not liable for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty,  except in connection with a breach of the duty of loyalty,  for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing  violation of law, for dividend  payments or stock  repurchases  illegal
under  Delaware  law or for any  transaction  in which a director has derived an
improper  personal   benefit.   In  addition,   the  Company's   Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides  that  the  Company  must  indemnify  its  officers  and
directors  to the fullest  extent  permitted  by Delaware  law for all  expenses
incurred in the  settlement  of any actions  against such persons in  connection
with  their  having  served  as  officers  or  directors  of  the  Company.  See
"MANAGEMENT -- Limitation on Liability of and  Indemnification  of Directors and
Officers."

    TRANSACTIONS WITH CONTROLLING  SHAREHOLDER AND AFFILIATES.  During 1995, the
Company entered into a series of merger  transactions  involving its controlling
shareholder,   Mr.  DeJordy,  pursuant  to  which  the  Company's  Rhode  Island
predecessor  corporation  became the parent  corporation  of the  Company's  two
subsidiaries:  CLF Franchise  Corporation  and CLF2,  Inc. In 1996,  the Company
entered into  employment  agreements  with Mr.  DeJordy and Mr.  King,  its Vice
President -- Finance. Due to Mr. DeJordy's  controlling  shareholder interest in
the  Company,   such  transactions  were  not  "arms-length"   transactions  and
necessarily involved conflicts of interest. See "CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS."

    IMMEDIATE AND  SUBSTANTIAL  DILUTION.  Investors who purchase  Shares in the
Offering will incur immediate and substantial  dilution in the net tangible book
value of the Common Stock of approximately  $2.86 per share or approximately 72%
of the  public  offering  price per  Share  assuming  the  Maximum  Offering  is
achieved. See "DILUTION."

   
    REQUIRED  DISCLOSURE  CONCERNING  TRADING  OF  PENNY  STOCKS  OR  LOW-PRICED
SECURITIES. The sale of the Shares offered hereby is, and any subsequent trading
in the Shares  will  likely be,  subject  to rules that  regulate  broker-dealer
practices in connection with  transactions in "penny stocks." The Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (the "SEC") has adopted  regulations  that define a "penny
stock" to be any equity  security  that has a market  price (as defined) of less
than  $5.00 per  share,  subject  to  certain  exceptions.  For any  transaction
involving a penny stock,  unless  exempt,  the rules require the delivery by the
broker-dealer,  prior to the transaction,  of a disclosure  schedule prepared by
the SEC  relating to the penny stock  market.  In addition,  the  broker-dealer,
subject to certain exceptions,  must make an individualized  written suitability
determination  for the  purchase of a penny  stock and  receive the  purchaser's
written consent prior to the transaction.  The broker-dealer  also must disclose
the  commissions   payable  to  both  the   broker-dealer   and  the  registered
representative,  current quotations for the securities and, if the broker-dealer
is the sole  market-maker,  the  broker-dealer  must  disclose this fact and the
broker-dealer's  presumed control over the market.  Finally,  monthly statements
must be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the
account  and   information  on  the  limited  market  in  penny  stocks.   These
requirements may severely limit the market liquidity of the Common Stock and the
ability of  purchasers on this  Offering to sell their  Shares in the  secondary
market.
    


                                       10




                                  THE COMPANY

   
    Cafe La France,  Inc. (the "Company"),  through its operating  subsidiaries,
consists of a chain of 18 cafes,  eleven of which are owned and  operated by the
Company  and seven of which are  operated as  franchises  by  independent  third
parties  who have  entered  into  franchise  agreements  with the  Company.  The
Company's menu features  coffee  beverages  including  espresso and  cappuccino,
muffins, croissants,  brownies and cookies baked on the premises,  made-to-order
sandwiches, hot soups, salads and cold beverages. Target customers include urban
office employees,  students and other adults who are time-sensitive yet desire a
higher quality  breakfast and lunch  experience than is typically found at quick
service  restaurants.  The Company seeks to locate its cafes in high visibility,
heavily-trafficked  office or shopping  areas that are easily  accessible to its
target  clientele.  See  "BUSINESS -- Site  Selection and Design." The Company's
strategy is to create  distinctive food offerings at reasonable  prices that are
fresher,  of higher  quality  and in  greater  variety  than  those  offered  by
competitors.  See "BUSINESS -- Competition."  The Company's  founder,  Thomas W.
DeJordy, opened his first Cafe La France retail store in 1989. Over the next few
years,  additional Cafe La France outlets were established,  including the first
franchise in August 1994. See "BUSINESS -- Company History." The majority of the
Company's 18 cafes are situated in urban locations,  occupy 800-1300 square feet
of leased space,  and are open Monday through Friday.  With the exception of its
Lexington,  Massachusetts cafe and its Baltimore,  Maryland franchise, all cafes
are currently clustered in and around Providence, Rhode Island. See "BUSINESS --
Properties" and "BUSINESS -- Franchise Operations -- Locations."
    

    The Company  specializes  in four sectors of the cafe  business:  (1) coffee
products, including six varieties of freshly ground and brewed coffees, espresso
drinks,  gourmet teas,  and iced  coffees;  (2) baked goods,  including  bagels,
biscotti, muffins, scones, and croissants; (3) lunch products, including several
varieties of sandwiches,  soups and salads; and (4) catered products,  including
baked goods and beverages  appropriate for breakfast meetings,  business lunches
and other  professional  gatherings.  The Company's  percentage of revenues from
each of its four major product categories based on a representative  sampling of
sales  from  Company  owned  cafes  for  the  most  recent   fiscal  year,   are
approximately  as follows:  coffee  products  (40%);  baked goods  (18%);  lunch
products (40%); and catering sales (2%). See "BUSINESS -- Products."

    The Company's  expansion strategy will initially focus on opening new stores
in urban areas which cater to working  professionals.  Management  believes that
significant  expansion  opportunities  exist in the Boston,  Massachusetts  area
primarily  because  of the  large  number of people  working  in Boston  and the
likelihood of name recognition/brand identity in an area less than 50 miles from
its existing  market.  Management  further  believes that expansion into an area
geographically  close  to  its  Providence,  Rhode  Island  headquarters  can be
achieved with its existing corporate  management  personnel because of the short
travel time between Boston and Providence and because its Director of Operations
and Vice  President  --  Finance  were  hired in part to  manage  the  Company's
expansion  into Boston.  Management is also  exploring  opportunities  in highly
visible residential areas. Unlike urban locations, cafes in residential settings
would typically  remain open seven days a week and may operate under a different
trade name. The timing and extent of the Company's growth and expansion  depends
on the  amount  of net  proceeds  raised  in this  Offering.  See  "BUSINESS  --
Expansion Strategy" and "USE OF PROCEEDS."

    The  Company's  executive  offices  are  located  at 216  Weybosset  Street,
Providence, Rhode Island. Its telephone number is (401) 453-2233.



                                       11






                              USE OF PROCEEDS

    Because there is no minimum  Offering  amount for the Shares  offered hereby
and because the Company currently anticipates that the Shares will be offered at
$4.00 per Share but that such price could  increase as the Offering  progresses,
the Company  cannot  determine the proceeds from the sale of the Shares  offered
hereby. The Company's priorities in utilizing the net proceeds from the Offering
are as follows: (i) to pay certain vendors and expenses of the Offering; (ii) to
finance the expansion and development of additional cafes; (iii) to retire short
term  outstanding  indebtedness  as  necessary;  and (iv) for general  corporate
purposes.  See "RISK  FACTORS  -- No  Minimum  Offering;  Greater  Risk to Early
Investors."

    If the Maximum Offering is achieved and if all Shares sold therein were sold
at $4.00 per Share,  the net  proceeds to the Company  after  deducting  selling
commissions   ($450,000)   and  other   estimated   expenses  of  the   Offering
(approximately $300,000) would be approximately $3,750,000.

   
    If approximately  $3,100,000 in gross proceeds is received, the net proceeds
to the Company after deducting  selling expenses  ($310,000) and other estimated
expenses  of the  Offering  ($300,000)  would be  approximately  $2,490,000.  If
approximately  $1,500,000 in gross proceeds is received, the net proceeds to the
Company after deducting  selling  expenses  ($150,000) and other expenses of the
Offering ($300,000) would be approximately $1,050,000. The table below indicates
how such net proceeds would be utilized by the Company.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         NET PROCEEDS               NET PROCEEDS              NET PROCEEDS
                                         OF $3,750,000             OF $2,490,000             OF $1,050,000
                                         -------------             -------------             -------------
                                      AMOUNT     PERCENTAGE     AMOUNT     PERCENTAGE     AMOUNT     PERCENTAGE
                                      ------     ----------     ------     ----------     ------     ----------
<S>                                 <C>             <C>       <C>             <C>       <C>             <C>
Development and Opening of New Cafe
  Style Restaurants                 $2,500,000      66.7%     $1,310,000       52.6%    $  560,000       53.3%
Repayment of Indebtedness              845,000      22.5%        845,000       33.9%       185,000       17.6%
General Working Capital                405,000      10.8%        335,000       13.5%       305,000       29.1%
                                    ----------     -----      ----------      -----     ----------      ----- 
                                    $3,750,000     100.0%     $2,490,000      100.0%    $1,050,000      100.0%
</TABLE>

    DEVELOPMENT  AND  OPENING  OF NEW  CAFE-STYLE  RESTAURANTS.  If the  Company
achieves the Maximum  Offering  (approximately  3,750,000 in net proceeds),  the
Company  anticipates  using  approximately  66.7% of the net  proceeds  from the
Offering  to  support  the  opening  and/or   acquisition  of  approximately  20
additional  Company-owned  cafes  by  October  1998.  Although  there  can be no
assurance  that  costs  for any  particular  location  will  not  vary  from the
following  figures,  the Company estimates that each new Company-owned cafe will
cost approximately  $100,000 to $150,000 to open, including costs for: leasehold
improvements    ($20,000-$30,000);    equipment,    furniture    and    fixtures
($54,000-$75,000);   opening  inventory  ($4,000-$6,000);   initial  advertising
($1,000-$2,000);   working  capital  for  3  months  (($15,000-  $25,000);   and
miscellaneous  other  costs  ($6,000-$12,000).  In the  event  that the  Company
acquires an ongoing restaurant business, such costs may be higher as a result of
additional  costs including costs for "goodwill" and  professional  fees. If the
Company raises $3.1 million in gross proceeds  (approximately  $2,490,000 in net
proceeds), the Company expects to utilize approximately $1,310,000 (52.6% of the
net proceeds therefrom) to open and/or acquire eleven - twelve new Company-owned
cafes by October  1998.  If the Company  raises $1.5  million in gross  proceeds
(approximately  $1,050,000 in net proceeds),  the Company  expects to apply such
proceeds to open and/or acquire four - five new locations.  See "RISK FACTORS --
No Minimum Offering; Greater Risk to Early Investors."

    REPAYMENT OF INDEBTEDNESS. If the Company achieves the Maximum Offering, the
Company  anticipates  using  approximately  22.5% of the net proceeds  from this
Offering to repay outstanding indebtedness,  including (i) $600,000 in principal
amount plus accrued interest of approximately  $60,000 to investors (the "Bridge
Lenders"),  none of whom are  affiliates  of the  Company,  who  invested in the
Company's 1996 private offering of 12% subordinated unsecured notes (the "Bridge
Notes") and common stock purchase  warrants,  each note bearing  interest at 12%
per annum and payable  upon the earlier one year from the date thereof (one year
from October 31, 1996 or November 15, 1996,  respectively)  or 10 days after the
completion  of  an  initial  public  offering,   (ii)  $165,000  in  short  term


                                       12





indebtedness owed to a certain  non-affiliated  lender (the "Cardillo Loan") and
(iii)  $20,000  in the  aggregate  of short term  unsecured  loans  obtained  in
February 1997 and March 1997,  respectively,  from two  non-affiliated  lenders,
which  loans are  payable  90 days from their  respective  issuance  dates.  The
Company  intends to repay the Bridge  Notes  during  the  Offering  and prior to
maturity  at the rate of 50% of each  dollar  of gross  proceeds  raised in this
Offering in excess of $1.5 million in gross  proceeds.  Thus, the holders of the
Bridge  Notes will be repaid in full if the Company  raises  approximately  $3.1
million in gross proceeds in this  Offering.  If the Company raises $1.5 million
in gross  proceeds,  the  Company  expects  to repay the  Cardillo  Loan and the
$20,000  short term loans and use the  balance of the net  proceeds  for general
working  capital  and to open or  acquire  four - five  new  Company-owned  cafe
locations,  as discussed in the  preceding  paragraph.  See "RISK  FACTORS -- No
Minimum Offering; Greater Risk to Early Investors."


    GENERAL WORKING CAPITAL.  If the Company achieves the Maximum Offering,  the
Company anticipates using approximately $405,000 (10.8%) of the net proceeds for
general  working capital  purposes.  If the Company raises $3.1 million in gross
proceeds,  the Company expects to utilize  $335,000  (13.5%) of the net proceeds
therefrom for general  working  capital.  If the Company  raises $1.5 million in
gross  proceeds,  the  Company  expects  to utilize  $305,000 (29.1%) of the net
proceeds therefrom for general working capital.
    


    Pending  such  uses,  the net  proceeds  of the  Offering  will be  invested
principally in U.S. government  securities,  short term certificates of deposit,
money  market  funds,  or  other  high-grade,   short  term,   interest  bearing
securities. The actual amount expended for each purpose described above, and the
timing of such expenditures, could vary depending on numerous factors, including
general business conditions.

                                 DIVIDEND POLICY

    The  Company  has not paid cash  dividends  on its  Common  Stock  since its
inception and does not anticipate  paying any cash dividends on its Common Stock
in the foreseeable  future.  The Company currently intends to reinvest earnings,
if  any,  in  the  development  and  expansion  of  its  business.   Any  future
determination  with respect to the payment of  dividends  will be subject to the
discretion  of the  Company's  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon the
earnings,  capital requirements,  and financial position of the Company, general
economic  conditions,  and other pertinent factors.  In addition,  the Company's
agreement  with its primary  bank  lender  prohibits  the  payment of  dividends
without the bank's prior written consent.


                                       13





                                    DILUTION

   
    At  December  29,  1996,  the  Company  had a net  tangible  book  value  of
$(618,396)  or  $(0.38)  per share  based on  1,616,628  shares of Common  Stock
outstanding.  Net  tangible  book value per share  represents  the amount of the
Company's total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities,  divided by
the number of shares of Common Stock  outstanding.  Without  taking into account
any changes in the net tangible book value after December 29, 1996 other than to
give effect to the net proceeds from the Maximum  Offering at an assumed  public
offering price of $4.00 per Share,  the pro forma net tangible book value of the
Common  Stock at  December  29,  1996  would have been  $3,131,604  or $1.14 per
share.(1)  This  represents an immediate  increase in net tangible book value of
$1.52 to existing  holders of Common Stock,  and an immediate  dilution of $2.86
per  share  from the  Offering  price on a per share of  Common  Stock  basis to
investors in this Offering. Dilution per share represents the difference between
the  offering  price per share of Common Stock and the pro forma  tangible  book
value per share of Common Stock  immediately  after the Offering.  The following
table illustrates this per share dilution:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                     <C>        <C>
 Offering Price per Share                                                          $ 4.00

   Net tangible book value per share before Offering                    $(0.38)
   Increase in net tangible book value per share attributed to
   the estimated net proceeds of the Maximum Offering                   $ 1.52
                                                                        ------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering                      $ 1.14
                                                                                    ------  
Dilution of net tangible book value per share of Common Stock 
   to subscribers in the Offering                                                    $2.86
                                                                                     =====            
</TABLE>

    

- -------------
(1) The computations in the foregoing table exclude:  (i) 56,250 shares issuable
    upon exercise of the Underwriter's  Option (ii) 112,500 shares issuable upon
    exercise of the Bridge Warrants;  (iii) 500,000 shares reserved for issuance
    under the Company's  1996 Stock  Incentive  Plan, of which 79,025 shares are
    issuable upon exercise of  outstanding  incentive  stock options  granted to
    employees;  and (iv) 72,500 shares  issuable  upon  exercise of  outstanding
    non-qualified  options  granted to certain  consultants of the Company.  See
    "DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES."

    The following table sets forth, at December 29, 1996 and as adjusted to give
effect to the sale of the maximum number of Shares offered hereby, the number of
shares of Common Stock purchased,  the percentage of Common Stock purchased, the
total  consideration  paid, the percentage of total  consideration  paid and the
average price per share paid by the existing stockholders of the Company and the
investors in the Offering, assuming a public offering price of $4.00 per Share.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                       ----------------          -------------------
                                                                                           AVERAGE PRICE
                                     NUMBER     PERCENTAGE       AMOUNT       PERCENTAGE     PER SHARE
                                     ------     ----------       ------       ----------     ---------
<S>                                 <C>            <C>        <C>               <C>           <C>
New Investors                       1,125,000      41.03%     $4,500,000        79.80%        $4.00
Existing Stockholders               1,616,628      58.97%     $1,138,753(1)     20.20%        $ .70
                                    ---------     ------      ----------       ------
                                    2,741,628     100.00%     $5,638,753       100.00%
                                    =========     ======      ==========       ======

</TABLE>


- ------------
   
(1) Includes:  (i)  $1,000,000  in cash for the purchase of 362,384  shares from
    investors in the Company's  1995-1996  private offering of Common Stock at a
    price per share of $2.76 (ii)  $85,042 in services  in  exchange  for 30,813
    shares issued to a consultant of the Company in 1996;  and (iii) $53,711 for
    1,223,431 shares (1,154,556 of which are held by the Company's founder).
    


                                       14





                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

    The following table sets forth selected consolidated  financial data for the
Company at the dates and for the periods  indicated.  The selected  consolidated
financial data for the Company for the fiscal year ended  September 29, 1996 and
the nine months ended  October 1, 1995 and as of September  29, 1996 are derived
from the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company  which  have been
audited by KPMG Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants,  and
which are included  elsewhere  in this  Prospectus.  The  selected  consolidated
financial  data at December 29, 1996 and for the three months ended December 29,
1996 and December 31, 1995 have been  derived  from the  unaudited  Consolidated
Financial Statements of the Company for such periods and include, in the opinion
of management,  all  adjustments  (consisting of normal  recurring  adjustments)
necessary for the fair  presentation of the financial  position and consolidated
results  of  operations  at and for such  periods.  The  Company's  consolidated
results of operations  for the thirteen weeks ended December 29, 1996 may not be
indicative  of its  consolidated  results of operations  for the full year.  The
selected consolidated  financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is
qualified in its entirety by, "MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS" and the Consolidated  Financial  Statements
of the Company and the Notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                      
                                                     FISCAL YEAR    NINE MONTHS       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        ENDED          ENDED      ---------------------------
                                                    SEPTEMBER 29,    OCTOBER 1,   DECEMBER 29,    DECEMBER 31,
                                                         1996           1995          1996            1995
                                                    -------------    ----------   ------------    ------------
<S>                                                   <C>            <C>           <C>             <C>
Income:
   Sales from Company owned restaurants               $2,101,283     $1,429,696    $  621,320      $  523,958
   Franchise revenues                                     97,470         37,466        13,707          56,470
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
       Total revenues                                  2,198,753      1,467,162       635,027         580,428
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
Costs and Expenses:
   Costs of sales                                        884,068        607,995       236,089         240,808
   Restaurant operating expenses                       1,220,888        792,720       409,029         289,069
   General and administrative expenses                   641,879        510,895       191,335         118,890
   Depreciation and amortization                          68,519         43,564        47,306          16,012
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
       Total costs and expenses                        2,815,354      1,955,174       883,759         664,779
       Loss from operations                             (616,601)      (488,012)     (248,732)        (84,351)
Other Income (Expense):
   Interest income                                         6,945          5,207         1,970           1,680
   Interest expense                                      (62,901)       (34,053)      (48,367)        (12,683)
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
       Net loss before income taxes                     (672,557)      (516,858)     (295,129)        (95,354)
Income Taxes                                                 750            500           750             750
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
   Net loss                                           $ (673,307)    $ (517,358)   $ (295,879)     $  (96,104)
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
   Loss per share(1)                                  $     (.38)                        (.17)           (.05)
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
Weighted Average Shares Outstanding(1)                 1,775,820                    1,775,820       1,775,820
PRO FORMA DATA:
   Historical net loss as above                       $ (673,307)    $ (517,358)   $ (295,879)     $  (96,104)
   Pro forma salary adjustment                            --            (50,000)       --             (12,500)
                                                      ----------      ---------    ----------      ----------
     Pro forma net loss                               $ (673,307)    $ (567,358)   $ (295,879)     $ (108,604)
                                                      ==========     ==========    ==========      ==========  
</TABLE>

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   AT SEPTEMBER 29, 1996    AT DECEMBER 29, 1996
                                                                   ---------------------    --------------------
<S>                                                                     <C>                      <C>
Working capital (deficit)                                               $  (640,351)             (923,178)
Total assets                                                                885,654             1,038,128
Long term liabilities                                                       418,762               403,957
Total liabilities                                                         1,204,332             1,622,685
Stockholders' equity (deficit)                                             (318,678)             (584,557)
</TABLE>

    

- -------------
(1) Prior to October 2,  1995,  the  Company  elected  S-corporation  status and
    therefore  was not  subject to federal  and state  corporate  income  taxes.
    Accordingly, earnings per share data has been presented only for the periods
    beginning after October 1, 1995.


                                       15





                     MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                  FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

INTRODUCTION

    The Company  opened its first  restaurant in 1989,  and the profits from the
first location were used to open two more locations in 1990 and another three in
1991 and  1992.  By 1992,  the  Company  owned  and was  operating  six cafes in
Providence,  Rhode Island. In August, 1994, the Company sold its first franchise
(an existing  Company  store) and by December,  1994 Cafe La France  comprised a
chain of eight cafes, of which four were Company owned and four were franchised,
all of which were operating in the state of Rhode Island.  On December 12, 1994,
the Company entered into agreements with three  affiliated  entities to purchase
the  assets  and  acquire  the  leases  for five  cafe  restaurants  located  in
Providence.  In late  December,  1994 and January,  1995,  the  agreements  were
amended  pursuant to which the Company (i) purchased the assets and renegotiated
the leases for two locations for a purchase price of $100,000, and (ii) acquired
the  rights to  operate  two  locations  and  renegotiate  the lease for a third
location  for a  purchase  price  of  $25,000.  In  order  to  accomplish  these
transactions  and the  remodeling  necessary to convert the new locations to the
Cafe La France concept, the Company obtained a bank loan in the principal amount
of $350,000 on February 10, 1995.  By October 1, 1995,  the Company  comprised a
total of 15 locations, of which ten were Company owned and five were franchised.

    On October 1, 1995, Cafe La France, through its two companies CLF2, Inc. and
CLF Franchise  Corporation,  was owned 100% by Thomas W. DeJordy,  the Company's
Founder. Both companies were Sub-chapter S Corporations. On October 2, 1995, the
Company adopted a new fiscal year ending the Sunday closest to September 30, and
Cafe La France was re-organized so that a holding company, Cafe La France, Inc.,
a Rhode Island  corporation,  was incorporated to own 100% of the stock of CLF2,
Inc. and CLF Franchise  Corporation.  Mr. DeJordy exchanged 100% of his stock in
CLF2,  Inc.  and CLF  Franchise  Corporation  for  100% of the  stock in Cafe La
France,  Inc.,  the  newly  formed  parent  company.  The 1995 year was ended on
October 1, 1995 (fiscal 1995 was a nine month year).  The 1996 fiscal year began
on October 2,  1995,  and the  Company  elected to be taxed as a  Sub-chapter  C
corporation beginning in fiscal 1996.

    At the beginning of fiscal 1996,  with a growing  company now  comprising 15
locations,  but with limited capital,  Mr. DeJordy embarked upon a plan to raise
$1,000,000 of equity  financing to provide the  necessary  capital for continued
expansion,  to renovate existing locations,  to increase working capital, and to
build an  overhead  structure  to  support a growing  concept  and  provide  the
necessary  support and controls to implement the Company's  expansion  strategy.
The Company raised  $1,000,000 of private equity financing in fiscal 1996, hired
experienced  operations  and  finance  personnel  to  create a more  experienced
corporate  office  to  support  a  growing  concept,  and  began  the  necessary
preparation for an initial public offering of its Common Stock.

    During  fiscal  1996,  the Company  opened two Company  locations  and three
franchise  locations.  The two Company  locations  included:  (i) a cafe at 1255
Reservoir  Avenue in Cranston,  Rhode Island operating under the trade name "The
Coffee  Bean" which opened in June 1996 under a five year lease and which is the
largest location presently operated by the Company (3,100 square feet); and (ii)
a cafe at 138 Danielson Pike in Scituate, Rhode Island operating under the trade
name "The  Village  Bean" which  opened in August 1996 and which was acquired by
the Company  pursuant to an asset purchase  agreement dated August 1, 1996 for a
purchase  price of $90,000.  The three  franchise  locations  included:  (x) 327
Putnam Pike in Smithfield, Rhode Island which opened in October 1995 pursuant to
a  franchise  agreement  dated June 2,  1995;  (y) One North  Charles  Street in
Baltimore,  Maryland  which  opened in  November  1995  pursuant  to a franchise
agreement dated October 17, 1995; and (z) 49 Exchange Street in Pawtucket, Rhode
Island which opened in December  1995  pursuant to a franchise  agreement  dated
September 1, 1995.

   
    As of December 29, 1996, the Company consisted of 17 locations, including 11
Company-owned  cafes and six franchises.  Since that date, on March 1, 1997, the
Company entered into a franchise  agreement with an unaffiliated  party pursuant
to which one of the Company-owned cafes was converted to a franchise. This store
location, on North Main Street in Providence, Rhode Island, had been operated by
the  Company  since  1995,  but,  as a result of the  closing  of the  Company's
commissary  (which utilized a significant  portion of this location) in December
1996, the Company  determined  that the size of the location (3,045 square feet)
was


                                       16






excessive  for  the  Company's  current  needs.  Also,  on  March 25, 1997,  the
Company's  newly formed  Massachusetts  subsidiary,  Cafe La France (MA),  Inc.,
entered  into a  service  contract  for the  operation  of a cafe at 128  Spring
Street,  Lexington,  Massachusetts for a one year term commencing April 7, 1997.
See "BUSINESS -- Properties."  All  Company-owned  locations and all franchises,
with the  exception of the newly opened  Lexington,  Massachusetts  cafe and one
franchise location in Baltimore, Maryland, are situated in Rhode Island.
    

    The Company's  revenues are derived from sales by Company owned  restaurants
and  commissary  sales to franchise  restaurants,  and franchise  revenues which
consist of  royalties  from  franchised  restaurants  as well as  franchise  and
development  fees.  Initial  franchise and  development  fees are  recognized as
revenue when the Company performs substantially all initial services required by
the  franchise  agreement,  which  generally  occurs  shortly  after  restaurant
opening.  Continuing  royalties are recognized as earned.  Initial franchise and
development fees received  applicable to restaurants for which substantially all
initial  services  required by the franchise  agreements have not been performed
are recorded as deferred franchise fees.

    Cost of sales  includes food,  paper,  and beverage  costs  associated  with
Company-owned  restaurants and the  commissary.  Restaurant  operating  expenses
consist primarily of labor costs, rent, advertising,  utilities, maintenance and
insurance associated with Company owned restaurants and the commissary.  General
and  administrative  expenses  include  corporate and  administrative  salaries,
accounting, legal and direct costs associated with franchise operations.

    The Company's  financial  statements  are based upon a 13 week  quarter,  in
which the first and second  months of the quarter are four week months,  and the
third month of the quarter is a five week  month.  The Company  closes its books
each fiscal month at the close of business on Sunday, and the Company's year end
is the Sunday closest to September 30. Prior to 1995, the Company's year end was
a calendar  year,  and each  monthly  close  occurred at the end of the calendar
month.

    The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    The  following  table  sets  forth the  percentage  relationship  of certain
operating data to total revenues, except as otherwise indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                   
 
                                                    FISCAL           NINE           THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                   YEAR ENDED     MONTHS ENDED   ---------------------------
                                                 SEPTEMBER 29,     OCTOBER 1,    DECEMBER 29,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                      1996            1995           1996           1995
                                                 -------------     ----------    ------------   ------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
Revenues:
   Sales from Company owned restaurants(1)            95.6%           97.4%          97.8%          90.3%
   Franchise revenues                                  4.4             2.6            2.2            9.7
                                                     -----           -----          -----          -----    
     Total revenues                                  100.0%          100.0%         100.0%         100.0%
Costs and expenses:
   Cost of sales(2)                                   42.1%           42.5%          38.0%          46.0%
   Restaurant operating expenses(2)                   58.1            55.4           65.8           55.2
   General and administrative expenses                29.2            34.8           30.1           20.5
   Depreciation and amortization                       3.1             3.0            7.4            2.8
                                                     -----           -----          -----          -----
     Total costs and operating expenses              128.1%          133.2%         139.2%         114.5%
Loss from operations                                 (28.1)%         (33.2)%        (39.2)%        (14.5)%
Other Income (Expense):
   Interest expense, net                              (2.5)%          (2.0)%         (7.3)%         (1.9)%
Loss before income taxes                             (30.6)%         (35.2)%        (46.5)%        (16.4)%
Income taxes                                          --              --              (.1)%          (.1)%
Net loss                                             (30.6)%         (35.2)%        (46.6)%        (16.5)%

</TABLE>
    



(1) Includes  commissary  sales to  franchisees  of $54,645  in fiscal  1996 and
    $118,158  in the 1995 nine month  period,  and  $13,290 in the three  months
    ended  December 29, 1996 and $16,647 in the three months ended  December 31,
    1995.

(2) As a percentage of sales from Company owned restaurants and commissary sales
    to franchisees.


                                       17






THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 29, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED
DECEMBER 31, 1995

REVENUES

   
    For the three months  ended  December 29,  1996,  total  revenues  increased
$54,599 to $635,027,  an increase of 9.4% over the three  months ended  December
31,  1995.  The increase is  attributed  to $97,362 of higher sales from Company
owned stores due to the net addition of one Company  owned store and an increase
in  comparable  sales of 3.3%,  partially  offset  by a  decrease  in  franchise
revenues of $42,763 due solely to $45,000 of initial  franchise fees earned from
the opening of three franchise  locations in the three months ended December 31,
1995.  The higher  revenues of $54,599 and sales of $97,362  are  attributed  to
increased unit sales, as the Company was opening one additional  store,  and the
increase in comparable  sales of 3.3% of its existing  Company-owned  stores was
achieved with a menu price  increase of less than 2%. No initial  franchise fees
were earned in the three months  ended  December 29, 1996 as the Company did not
open any franchise locations in this quarter. Royalty income increased $2,237 or
19.5% for the three  months  ended  December  29,  1996 due to higher  franchise
sales.  The Company had six franchise  locations  operating for the three months
ended December 29, 1996 versus five franchise  locations operating for the three
months ended December 31, 1995.
    

COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES

    Cost of Sales.  For the three months ended December 29, 1996,  cost of sales
which  represent  food and beverage costs were $236,089 or 38% of net restaurant
sales,  a decrease of 8  percentage  points from the 46.0%  figure for the three
months ended December 31, 1995. The  improvement of 8 percentage  points in food
and beverage costs resulted from a new store procedure  implemented in the third
quarter  of fiscal  1996,  along with a program to  retrain  store  managers  to
improve food waste. The new store procedure included a weekly physical inventory
at every store to accurately track weekly food costs,  and immediate  corrective
action by  operations  to identify  and correct the problem if a store's  weekly
food cost increased above an acceptable standard.  Managers were also trained to
adjust their inventory  ordering based upon the current weekly sales trends, and
thus  reduce  the  amount of waste due to over-  ordering.  As a result of these
programs,  and  additional  savings  resulting from lower unit costs for certain
food and beverage  products  resulting from  negotiations  with  suppliers,  the
Company improved its restaurant gross margins in the three months ended December
29, 1996,  reducing its  restaurant  food costs to 38%.  Prices of the Company's
commodities (coffee,  baked goods, lunch items) generally remained stable during
the three  months ended  December 29, 1996.  The Company did not raise prices in
the three  months  ended  December  29,  1996  except to offset the  increase in
certain food costs due to inflation.

    Restaurant Operating Expenses.  Restaurant operating expenses comprise labor
expenses,  occupancy  expenses and other  expenses.  Labor expenses  amounted to
$212,735 in the three  months  ended  December  29, 1996 versus  $179,461 in the
three months ended December 31, 1995, an increase of $33,274 or 18.5%. Occupancy
and other  expenses  amounted to $196,294 in the three months ended December 29,
1996 versus $109,608 in the three months ended December 31, 1995, an increase of
$86,686 or 79.1%.

    Labor  Expenses.  For the three months ended December 29, 1996,  labor costs
were $212,735, or 34.2% of sales from Company owned restaurants,  an improvement
from the 34.3% of sales from Company owned restaurants  experienced in the three
months ended December 31, 1995.  Labor benefits,  which include health insurance
and manager  bonuses,  increased from $876 to $6,793 as more managers  qualified
for these  benefits in the three months  ended  December 29, 1996 as compared to
the three months ended December 31, 1995,  offset by a comparable  labor decline
due primarily to improved labor scheduling and an increase in labor efficiency.

    Occupancy and Other Expenses.  Occupancy and other expenses  increased 10.7%
as a percentage  of total  revenues in the three months ended  December 29, 1996
versus the three months ended December 31, 1995, increasing from 20.9% to 31.6%.
Repairs,  maintenance, and supplies increased 2.6% due to additional emphasis on
store managers to keep the stores cleaner and to perform preventive  maintenance
on equipment to minimize the  nonfunctioning  of equipment  during  normal store
hours.  Advertising  and  discount  promotion  increased  4.9% as the  Company's
strategy in the three months ended December 29, 1996 was to increase


                                       18





customer  awareness of new product  offerings.  Equipment rent increased 1.2% as
the Company  leased  additional  restaurant  equipment in the three months ended
December 29, 1996 due to the renovation of two stores in September 1996.

    General and Administrative  Expenses.  General and  administrative  expenses
increased by $72,445 or 60.9% to $191,335 in the three months ended December 29,
1996 from $118,890 in the three months ended  December 31, 1995. As a percentage
of total revenues,  general and administrative  expenses increased from 20.5% in
the three  months  ended  December  31, 1995 to 30.1% in the three  months ended
December 29, 1996.  The increase of 9.6% is  attributed to an increase in salary
expense of $70,400, resulting from the hiring of more experienced operations and
finance  personnel to build a more structured  corporate  office and prepare the
Company  for the  additional  demands  of a public  company.  In  addition,  the
Company's  Founder and CEO,  Thomas W.  DeJordy,  was paid a salary in the three
months ended  December 29, 1996 totaling  $32,500  versus  receiving a salary of
$26,000 in the three months ended December 31, 1995.

DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

    The Company  amortizes the pre-opening  costs of new restaurants  (including
pre-opening  hiring and training  expenses) over the 52 week period  immediately
following an opening.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the lesser of
their useful life  (usually 15 years) or the term of the lease,  with an average
expected lease term of at least 10 years (assuming exercise of renewal options).
Store fixtures and equipment is depreciated over an average of 10 years.  Office
computers are depreciated  over 5 years. For the three months ended December 29,
1996, depreciation and amortization increased by $31,294 to $47,306,  increasing
to 7.4% of total  revenues in the three  months  ended  December 29, 1996 versus
2.8% of total  revenues in the three  months ended  December  31,  1995.  Of the
increase,  $7,970 is attributed to additional capital invested in the renovation
of Company stores beginning in the third quarter of fiscal 1996, and the balance
of $23,324 is  attributed to the  amortization  of the loan cost on the $600,000
short term notes payable issued in October and November, 1996.

INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

   
    In the three  months  ended  December  29,  1996,  interest  expense  net of
interest income  increased by $35,394 to $46,397,  and increased as a percentage
of total  revenues to 7.3% in the three months ended December 29, 1996 from 1.9%
in the three months ended December 31, 1995. $28,364 of the increase in interest
expense is attributed to higher debt  outstanding  during the three months ended
December 29, 1996  resulting  from the receipt of $600,000  from the issuance of
short term notes  payable with a $30,000  original  issue  discount,  and a  12%
annual  interest  rate and a maturity  including  interest  of the earlier of 12
months or 10 days after  completion  of an initial  public  offering,  whichever
occurs earlier.  The Company intends to repay these notes prior to maturity from
the gross  proceeds of this  Offering in an amount equal to 50% of such proceeds
in excess of $1.5 million.  In addition,  the Company  incurred  higher interest
expense due  principally  from the financing of Company stores  renovations  via
capital  leases  beginning  in the quarter  ended June 30, 1996.  These  capital
leases have a 36 month lease term with annual interest rates ranging from 10% to
12%.
    

INCOME TAXES

    Prior to October 2,  1995,  the  Company  elected S  Corporation  status for
federal  income tax purposes.  As a result,  the Company paid no federal  income
taxes  and paid  minimum  state  taxes of $500 in the nine  month  period  ended
October 1, 1995.  Beginning  in fiscal  1996,  on October 2, 1995,  the  Company
elected  to be taxed as a  Subchapter  C  Corporation.  As a  result  of  losses
incurred  by the  Company in the  fiscal  year 1996 and the three  months  ended
December 29, 1996, the Company has no federal income taxes payable for the three
months ended  December 29, 1996 or the three months ended December 31, 1995. For
state tax  purposes,  the Company is required to pay the minimum  state taxes of
$750 per year in fiscal 1996 and fiscal 1997.

FISCAL YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER
1, 1995

 REVENUES

    For the year ended September 29, 1996, total revenues  increased $731,951 to
$2,198,753,  an increase of 49.9% over the nine month 1995 period.  The increase
reflects  the  addition  of six Company  owned  restaurants  and two  franchised
restaurants.  Although  comparable  store sales  declined 2.5% for the year, the


                                       19





yearly  numbers  were  negatively  affected  by one  time  events,  such  as the
extremely  harsh winter  experienced  throughout  the  Northeast in 1996 and the
closing of cafes for renovation in the second,  third and fourth fiscal quarters
of 1996.  With the  introduction of a new express lunch program in May 1996, and
the  retraining  of  managers  to  improve  customer  service,  Cafe  La  France
experienced large comparable sales increases in many of its locations  beginning
in May 1996, and  comparable  sales were up 4.2% in June 1996, and up 12% in the
quarter  ended  September  1996.  Franchise  revenues  increased  $60,004 as the
Company  opened three  franchise  locations in fiscal 1996 versus one  franchise
opening in the 1995 period.  In addition,  the higher  royalty  income earned in
fiscal 1996 was principally due to more franchise  locations operating in fiscal
1996. The Company had seven franchise  locations operating on September 29, 1996
versus five franchise locations operating on October 1, 1995.

 COSTS AND OPERATING EXPENSES

    Cost of Sales.  For the year ended  September 29, 1996,  cost of sales which
represent  food and  beverage  costs were  $884,068  or 42.1% of net  restaurant
sales,  a decrease from the 42.5% figure for the nine month period ended October
1, 1995.  The  improvement  in food and beverage  costs  occurred as the Company
instituted a new store  procedure in the third quarter of fiscal 1996 to improve
food cost control, along with a program to retrain restaurant managers to reduce
store waste as discussed  above under "Cost of Sales" for the three months ended
December 29, 1996  compared to the three months  ended  December 31, 1995.  As a
result of these  programs,  the Company  improved its  restaurant  gross margins
during the third and fourth  quarters of fiscal 1996,  reducing  its  restaurant
food  costs to 39.5% in the third  quarter,  and  further  reducing  its  fourth
quarter  restaurant  food costs to 39.3%.  Prices of the  Company's  commodities
(coffee,  baked goods and lunch items)  generally  remained stable during fiscal
1996.  The  Company  did not raise  prices in fiscal  1996  except to offset the
increase in certain food costs due to inflation.

    Restaurant Operating Expenses.  Restaurant operating expenses comprise labor
expenses and occupancy and other expenses.  Labor expenses  amounted to $698,625
in fiscal 1996 versus  $488,377  in the 1995 nine month  period,  an increase of
$210,248 or 43.1%.  Occupancy and other expenses  amounted to $522,263 in fiscal
1996 versus  $303,343 in the 1995 nine month period,  an increase of $217,920 or
71.6%.

        Labor  Expenses.  Opening  a new  restaurant  requires  the  hiring  and
    training of new employees, both before and after opening. During the initial
    months of operation  immediately  after a new restaurant  opens, the Company
    intentionally  schedules more hourly employees per shift than it would in an
    established restaurant with a staff experienced in Company procedures.  As a
    new restaurant's staff gains experience, the Company adjusts hourly employee
    work schedules for maximum efficiency.  During fiscal year 1996, labor costs
    declined  as a  percentage  of sales  from  Company  owned  restaurants  due
    primarily to improved hourly employee scheduling controls,  and the increase
    in labor efficiency in 1996 resulting from the opening of six restaurants in
    fiscal  1995.  For the year  ended  September  29,  1996,  labor  costs were
    $698,625,  or 33.2% of sales from Company owned restaurants,  an improvement
    from the 34.2% of sales from Company owned restaurants  experienced in the 9
    month period ended October 1, 1995.

        Labor cost is  primarily  a function  of four  factors:  wages rates and
    salary levels;  scheduling  efficiency;  the net restaurant sales over which
    restaurant  management  salaries  are  spread;  and  most  importantly,  the
    motivation of the staff.  Although the Company is subject to changes in laws
    and regulations  which it cannot  control,  such as hourly wage and proposed
    national  health  insurance,  the  Company  strives to  continue  to improve
    scheduling efficiency and to offer salaried and hourly employees appropriate
    motivation.

        Occupancy and Other  Expenses.  Occupancy and other  expenses  increased
    3.1% as a percentage  of total  revenues in fiscal 1996 versus  fiscal 1995,
    increasing  from 20.7% in fiscal 1995 to 23.8% in fiscal  1996.  Repairs and
    maintenance  increased 1.4% due to additional  emphasis on store managers to
    keep the stores cleaner and to perform  preventive  maintenance on equipment
    to minimize  the  nonfunctioning  of  equipment  during  normal store hours.
    Advertising and discount promotion  increased 1.2% as the Company's strategy
    in the third and fourth  quarters of fiscal  1996 was to  increase  customer
    awareness of new product offerings and the express lunch program.



                                       20






    General and Administrative  Expenses.  General and  administrative  expenses
increased  by $130,984 or 25.6% to $641,879 in fiscal 1996 from  $510,895 in the
nine months ended October 1995. As a percentage of total  revenues,  general and
administrative  expenses  decreased from 34.8% in fiscal 1995 to 29.2% in fiscal
1996. The decrease of 5.6% was attributed to 1995 expense of $213,691,  or 14.6%
of total revenues,  for a corporate  identity package by a marketing  consulting
firm. The Company's 1996 comparable  expense for the corporate  identity package
was only $7,798, or .4% of total revenues. Offsetting this decrease in corporate
identity  package in fiscal 1996, the Company  increased its salary expense from
$61,551 in fiscal 1995 to  $391,670 in fiscal  1996.  As a  percentage  of total
revenues,  salary expense  increased from 4.2% to 17.8%.  This increase of 13.6%
resulted from the hiring of more experienced operations and finance personnel to
build a more  structured  corporate  office to  support a  growing  concept  and
prepare the Company for the additional demands of a public company. In addition,
the Company's  Founder and CEO,  Thomas W. DeJordy,  was paid a salary in fiscal
1996 totaling $117,000,  versus receiving  Subchapter S distributions of $32,327
in the 1995 nine  month  period.  Bad debt  expense,  as a  percentage  of total
revenues, decreased from 5.3% in 1995 to .8% in 1996. In 1995, the Company wrote
off $68,409 of notes  receivable  resulting  from loans the Company  made to two
franchisees and a former officer of the Company.

 DEPRECIATION AND AMORTIZATION

    The Company  amortizes the pre-opening  costs of new restaurants  (including
pre-opening  hiring and training  expenses) over the 52 week period  immediately
following an opening.  Leasehold  improvements  are amortized over the lesser of
their useful life  (usually 15 years) or the term of the lease,  with an average
expected lease term of at least 10 years (assuming exercise of renewal options).
Store fixtures and equipment is depreciated over an average of 10 years.  Office
computers are depreciated  over 5 years.  For the year ended September 29, 1996,
depreciation  and  amortization  increased by $24,955 to $68,519,  increasing to
3.1% of total  revenues in fiscal 1996 versus 3.0% of total revenues in the 1995
nine-month  period.  The increase is attributed  to additional  capital spent in
fiscal 1996 to renovate existing restaurants.

 INTEREST EXPENSE, NET

    In the year ended  September  29,  1996,  interest  expense  net of interest
income  increased by $27,110 to $55,956,  and increased as a percentage of total
revenues  to 2.5% in fiscal  1996 from 2.0% in the 1995 nine month  period.  The
increase in interest expense is attributed to higher debt outstanding during the
1996 fiscal year, as the Company  financed the renovation of existing  locations
with the sale and  leaseback of  equipment,  financed the purchase of new office
computers  through a capital lease,  and financed the purchase of a new location
with debt  maturing  on October 15,  1996.  On February  28,  1996,  the Company
refinanced its existing bank financing by obtaining a term loan in the principal
amount of $350,000 from Home Loan and Investment Bank, F.S.B. (the "Loan").  The
Loan bears  interest at the rate of 2 3/4 % above the prime rate as published by
the Wall Street  Journal,  with principal and interest  payable monthly in equal
installments  over a ten year term. The Loan is secured by substantially  all of
the  assets  of  the  Company  and is  guaranteed  by  the  Company's  operating
subsidiaries,  CLF2, Inc. and CLF Franchise Corporation, and by Mr. DeJordy. The
Company does not intend to repay the loan with proceeds from the Offering.

 INCOME TAXES

    Prior to October 2, 1995,  the Company was treated as an S  Corporation  for
tax  purposes.  As a result,  the Company paid no federal  income taxes and paid
minimum state taxes of $500 in 1995. On October 2, 1995, the Company  elected to
be taxed as a  Subchapter  C  Corporation.  As a result of a loss in fiscal 1996
totaling  $673,307,  the Company has no federal  income taxes payable for fiscal
1996,  and for state tax purposes,  the Company will only be required to pay the
minimum state taxes of $750.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    The  Company  requires   capital   primarily  for  the  development  of  new
restaurants,  to fund operating losses, to acquire new locations, and to remodel
existing Company owned restaurants. See "BUSINESS -- Properties."



                                       21






   
    On  March  10,  1997,  as part of  their  updated  report  on the  Company's
financial  statements  for the fiscal year ended  September  29,  1996  included
herein, the Company's  independent  auditors expressed doubt about the Company's
ability  to  continue  as a going  concern  because  of  recurring  losses  from
operations and a net capital deficiency. Management intends to use a substantial
portion of the proceeds from this Offering,  after repayment of certain debt and
Offering  expenses,  to implement its expansion  strategy which it believes will
result in increased  revenues,  reduced  losses,  and  elimination of the "going
concern"  opinion,  although  there can be no assurance as to when, if ever, the
Company will achieve  profitability.  If the Company is unable to  substantially
carry out its expansion strategy or to significantly  increase the profitability
of its  existing  cafes,  management  will be  required  to sharply  curtail the
Company's  overhead structure to continue its business  operations.  See "USE OF
PROCEEDS,"  "BUSINESS  --  Expansion  Strategy,"  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND RESULTS OF  OPERATIONS  --  Liquidity  and
Capital Resources," and Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
    

THREE MONTHS ENDED DECEMBER 29, 1996

   
    Capital  expenditures totaled $23,088 in the three months ended December 29,
1996 and $45,226 in the three  months ended  December 31, 1995.  The Company has
historically  funded its capital  expenditures with cash provided by operations,
bank borrowings,  and equipment  leases.  In the three months ended December 29,
1996, the Company funded its capital  requirements  from the receipt of $600,000
of proceeds received from a private offering of unsecured notes and Common Stock
purchase  warrants.  The  interest  rate on the notes is 12%,  and the notes are
payable  at the  earlier of 12 months  from the date  thereof  (12  months  from
October 31, 1996 or November 15, 1996) or upon  completion of an initial  public
offering,  whichever is earlier. The $600,000 of notes were issued with original
issue discount of $30,000.  The Company intends to commence  repaying such notes
prior to completion of this Offering from the gross proceeds of this Offering in
an amount equal to 50% of such proceeds in excess of $1.5 million.
    

    At December  29,  1996,  the  Company had  outstanding  bank  borrowings  of
$336,892  which is  amortized  over 10 years at an  interest  rate of prime plus
2.75%  (currently 11%), and is fully amortized by March 1, 2006. The outstanding
bank  indebtedness is secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company.
The Company  presently  has no  additional  bank line of credit,  but expects to
arrange a bank line of credit if the Maximum  Offering is achieved.  At December
29, 1996,  the Company had  additional  long term debt  totaling  $22,877  which
matures in January  1999 at interest  rates  ranging from 10% to 15%.  Also,  at
December 29, 1996,  the Company had short debt of $23,678 at an interest rate of
15%.

   
    As  mentioned  above,  the  Company  incurred  indebtedness  in the  form of
promissory  notes in the  principal  amount of  $600,000  in  connection  with a
private offering of promissory notes and warrants to purchase Common Stock which
closed in October and November,  1996. Such notes include $30,000 original issue
discount  and bear  interest  at the rate of 12% per  annum and are due upon the
earlier  of one year from the date  thereon  or earlier  upon  completion  of an
initial public  offering.  The Company intends to commence  repaying these notes
prior to  completion of this  Offering  from the gross  proceeds  raised in this
Offering in an amount equal to 50% of such  proceeds in excess of $1.5  million.
The  Company  intends to use  approximately  $661,000  from the  proceeds of the
Maximum Offering to repay such notes and accrued interest  thereon.  See "USE OF
PROCEEDS" and Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

    Based upon its contemplated  expansion plans, the Company estimates that its
total capital  expenditures  will be  approximately  $731,000 in fiscal 1997 and
$1,769,000 in fiscal 1998 in the event the Maximum  Offering is achieved.  These
estimates  include  the  estimated  costs  of  developing  new  restaurants  and
renovating existing Company owned restaurants.  The Company expects that the net
proceeds from the Maximum Offering, if achieved,  and cash provided by operating
activities  will provide  sufficient  funds to finance its capital  expenditures
through September, 1998.
    

    On  December  1, 1996,  the  Company  closed its  commissary  which has been
providing certain baked goods and supplies to Company owned cafes and franchises
during the fiscal year ended September 29, 1996 and during October and November,
1996.  The  Company  determined  that it could  obtain  such  goods  from  other
suppliers at less net cost to the Company.  The Company  incurred no incremental
cost to close the  commissary,  as the  commissary  inventory was non perishable
food and is being  transferred  to  Company  stores on a need  basis over a four
month period.  In addition,  all commissary  employees were 


                                       22





offered  positions  as  hourly  store  employees.   The  Company  is  purchasing
comparable  quality products from outside vendors at costs equal to or below the
cost purchased by the commissary.

   
    The Company has no material  commitments for capital  expenditures,  but the
Company  plans to  commit  for  significant  capital  outlays  depending  on the
progress of this Offering.  The Company's business plan forecasts the opening of
four - five  Company-owned  locations from April,  1997 to September,  1997 at a
capital  cost of  $560,000  if  this  Offering  generates  $1.5  million  in net
proceeds.  In  addition,  the Company  plans to spend  about  $51,000 in capital
expenditures from April,  1997 to September,  1997 to upgrade its store point of
sale  registers  and upgrade other  restaurant  equipment.  In fiscal 1998,  the
Company plans to spend $1,769,000 in capital  expenditures,  principally for the
opening  of  15  Company-owned  locations,  assuming  the  Maximum  Offering  is
achieved. See "USE OF PROCEEDS."

    For the quarter ended December 29, 1996, the Company  incurred a net loss of
$295,879,  with  net  cash  used  in  operating  activities  totaling  $242,927.
Depreciation  and  amortization  totaled  $47,306 for the  quarter.  The Company
incurred an additional $18,929 in investing activities,  as the Company incurred
$23,088  in  capital   expenditures   principally  for  the  renovation  of  one
restaurant.  The Company  financed the above cost needs from the net proceeds of
issuance of short term notes payable and warrants totaling $600,000. The Company
also paid off short term notes payable of $169,816,  prepaid the cost of $60,143
relating to the $600,000  notes payable and warrants,  and paid $87,248 in costs
associated  with this Offering.  The Company's cash balance of $5,695  decreased
$382 during the quarter to $5,313 cash at December 29, 1996.
    

CURRENT OPERATING EXPENSES -- RECENT STAFF REDUCTION

    During February, 1997, as a result of a delay in this Offering caused by the
termination  of a  letter  of  intent  for a  firm  commitment  offering  by the
Company's former underwriter (See  "UNDERWRITING"),  the Company determined that
it was prudent to reduce certain  operating  expenses that it had been incurring
in preparation for becoming a public company.  The Company temporarily  laid-off
several employees and certain other employees agreed to defer a portion of their
compensation.  The Company intends to rehire certain  employees and pay deferred
compensation  as  necessary  or  desirable  depending  on the  progress  of this
Offering and the ability of the Company to implement its expansion strategy. See
"USE OF PROCEEDS" and "BUSINESS -- Expansion Strategy."

YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996

    Capital  expenditures totaled $371,291 in fiscal 1996 and $225,296 in fiscal
1995.

    At September  29,  1996,  the Company had  outstanding  bank  borrowings  of
$342,923 on the terms  discussed  above.  At September 29, 1996, the Company had
additional  long term debt  totaling  $26,216  which  matures in January 1999 at
interest  rates ranging from 10% to 15%. Also at September 29, 1996, the Company
had short term debt of $123,477 at interest  rates  ranging  from 10% to 15%, of
which $100,000 was paid subsequent to fiscal year-end.

OTHER INFORMATION

    SFAS No. 121,  "Accounting  for the Impairment of Long-Lived  Assets and for
Long-Lived  Assets  to Be  Disposed  Of,"  became  effective  for  fiscal  years
beginning  after  December  15,  1995.  SFAS  No.  121  provides   guidance  for
recognition  of impairment  losses  related to  long-lived  assets (for example,
property and equipment),  and certain  intangibles and related  goodwill for (i)
assets to be held and used, and (ii) assets to be disposed of. Specifically, any
impairment loss to be recognized must be recorded in continuing operations.  The
Company must adopt the  provisions  of SFAS No. 121 in fiscal 1997.  The Company
does not expect any material impact from implementation of this statement.

    SFAS No. 123,  "Accounting for Stock-Based  Compensation,"  became effective
for fiscal years  beginning  after December 15, 1995.  SFAS No. 123 introduces a
fair value-based method of accounting for stock-based  compensation.  Under SFAS
No. 123, the Company may either adopt the new fair value-based method or provide
pro forma  disclosure  of net income (loss) as if the  accounting  provisions of
SFAS No. 123 had been  adopted.  The  Company  intends  to retain the  intrinsic
method  of  accounting  for  stock-based   employee   compensation  plans  under
Accounting  Principles  Board  Opinion No. 25,  "Accounting  for Stock Issued to
Employees,"  and provide the required pro forma  disclosure in fiscal 1997. SFAS
No. 123 is not expected to have any effect on the Company's  financial  position
or results of operations.



                                       23




                                 BUSINESS

OVERVIEW AND BUSINESS CONCEPT

   
    The Company  consists of a chain of 18 cafes  operating under the trade name
"cafe la  france,"  eleven of which are owned and  operated  by the  Company and
seven of which are operated as franchises by independent  third parties who have
entered into  franchise  agreements  with the  Company.  The Cafe La France menu
features  coffee  beverages,   including   espresso  and  cappuccino,   muffins,
croissants,  cookies  and  brownies  baked on the  premises,  and  made-to-order
sandwiches, hot soups, salads and cold beverages.  Target customers at all cafes
are urban office employees, students and other adults who are time-sensitive yet
desire a higher quality  breakfast and lunch  experience than is typically found
at quick service  restaurants.  The Company's  strategy is to create distinctive
food offerings at reasonable  prices that are fresher,  of higher quality and in
greater  variety than those  offered by  competitors.  The Company  believes its
quality menu selection,  operating  efficiency and convenient locations combined
with the natural look and feel of a true  European  cafe further  differentiates
Cafe la France from its competitors.
    

INDUSTRY TRENDS

    Until the late 1980's U. S.  consumers  were not fully  acquainted  with the
popular  gourmet cafes of Europe.  With increased  travel and  globalization  of
consumer  taste,  and the  intense  media  focus on  healthy  meals,  the 1980's
witnessed a growing  awareness of and demand for gourmet cafes featuring upscale
coffees and fresh, healthy foods.  Shifting tastes (especially of baby boomers),
and the need for an open setting for  conversation  and interaction  which could
replace bars or specialty  places drove  consumers to eagerly  accept a new cafe
concept which  specialized in high quality coffees and fresh,  nutritional soups
and sandwiches.

    The  largest  company to grow the cafe  concept in the  Northeast  is Au Bon
Pain,  headquartered in Boston,  Massachusetts.  Additional  competition for the
cafe market also includes  Starbucks and Dunkin Donuts which both  specialize in
coffees and to a lesser extent baked goods and sandwich items.

    The Company believes that the mood and trend of the 1990's,  inspired by the
globally-conscious  American  consumer's image of a European cafe, is to capture
the natural look and feel of a true cafe without  being  "flashy," and that this
mood is better reflected by a comfortable,  friendly  atmosphere created through
the  abundant  use of wood,  simple  but  elegant  paraphernalia  on walls,  and
incandescent hanging lights. The Company's cafes, accordingly,  are places where
people  gather  and  talk,  and  enjoy  specially  brewed  hot  coffee,  healthy
sandwiches and soups, cold beverages and fresh baked goods.

COMPANY HISTORY

    The first Cafe La France coffee  restaurant was opened in Providence,  Rhode
Island in December 1989 by Thomas W. DeJordy,  the Company's  Chairman and Chief
Executive  Officer.  Over the next few years,  additional Cafe La France outlets
were  established in the Providence  area and operated by separate  corporations
owned by Mr. DeJordy.  By December 1993, Mr. DeJordy's  companies owned and were
operating a total of six cafes.

    Recognizing the franchise potential of his business concept resulting from a
modest initial capital  investment,  limited hours of operation  (generally 7:00
a.m.  to 4:00  p.m.),  an  appealing  but  simple  menu and the  prospect  for a
favorable  rate of return on  investment,  Mr.  DeJordy  sold the first  Cafe La
France franchise, an existing cafe, in August 1994, and by the end of that year,
a total of four  franchises  were operating in the  Providence  area. A separate
corporation,   CLF  Franchise  Corporation,  a  Rhode  Island  corporation,  was
organized in 1993 for the purpose of entering into the franchise  agreements and
receiving all royalty income from the franchisees. By December 1994, the Cafe La
France  business  consisted  of four cafes owned and  operated  by  corporations
controlled by Mr. DeJordy and four franchises.

    In December 1994 and January 1995,  CLF2,  Inc., a Rhode Island  corporation
wholly-owned by Mr. DeJordy, entered into agreements with an affiliated group to
purchase the assets and acquire or renegotiate the existing leases of a chain of
five cafe  locations  (see  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS --  Introduction"),  and during the year the
locations  were  converted to the Cafe La France  concept.  On February 9, 1995,
three  separate  corporations  owned by Mr.  DeJordy and each operating a single
cafe la france store were merged into CLF2, Inc. As a result,  CLF2, 


                                       24




Inc.  became the sole corporate  entity under which all Company owned cafes were
to operate, and CLF Franchise  Corporation continued to be the corporation under
which the franchises were sold and the franchise income was received. By October
1, 1995, the Company had grown to 15 locations,  of which 10 were owned by CLF2,
Inc. and 5 were operated by independent franchisees.

    On  July  14,  1995,  a  new   corporation,   Cafe  la  france,   Inc.  (the
"Predecessor"),  was organized in Rhode Island to function as a holding  company
to own 100% of the stock of the existing companies, CLF2, Inc. and CLF Franchise
Corporation.  On  October  2, 1995 Mr.  DeJordy  exchanged  the stock of the two
existing companies for the stock of the Predecessor,  and as a result became the
owner of 100% of the outstanding common stock of the Predecessor. The Subchapter
"S" federal income tax elections of the two subsidiaries were thereby terminated
and the  Predecessor  adopted a new fiscal  year  beginning  October 2, 1995 and
ending September 29, 1996. The Predecessor was taxed as a regular Subchapter "C"
corporation and will file a consolidated  return with the two  subsidiaries  for
the fiscal year ended September 29, 1996.

    The Company was organized as a Delaware  corporation  on September 25, 1996.
On September 26, 1996, the shareholders of the Predecessor  approved a merger of
the  Predecessor  with and into the Company.  The merger was effected on October
25, 1996 and was structured to qualify as a tax-free  reorganization pursuant to
the  provisions of Section 368 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the  "Reorganization").  In connection with the  Reorganization,  each existing
stockholder  in the  Predecessor  received  290  shares of  Common  Stock in the
Company  in  exchange  for  each  outstanding  share  of  common  stock  of  the
Predecessor  owned thereby.  On March 6, 1997, the Company's  Board of Directors
declared a 5 for 4 stock split to be effected  through a stock dividend  payable
prior to the Offering to shareholders of record on such date.

   
    With the exception of  Company-owned  locations in  Massachusetts  which may
operate through Cafe La France (MA), Inc., a subsidiary of the Company organized
on January 2, 1997,  CLF2,  Inc.  will serve as the  operating  company  for all
Company owned cafes and will provide all general and  administrative  support to
the  Company,  and CLF  Franchise  Corporation  will  continue to enter into the
franchise  agreements and collect the franchise fees and royalty income from all
franchisees.
    

PRODUCTS

    The Company  specializes  in four sectors of the cafe  business:  (1) coffee
products, including six varieties of freshly ground and brewed coffees, espresso
drinks,  gourmet  teas,  and iced  coffees;  (2 baked goods,  including  bagels,
biscotti, muffins, scones, and croissants; (3) lunch products, including several
varieties of sandwiches,  soups and salads; and (4) catered products,  including
baked goods and beverages  appropriate for breakfast meetings,  business lunches
and other professional  gatherings through a program called "Catering  Express,"
as described below.  The Company's  percentage of revenues from each of its four
major product categories,  based on a representative sampling from Company owned
cafes for the most recent  fiscal year,  are  approximately  as follows:  coffee
products  (40%);  baked goods (18%);  lunch products  (40%);  and catering sales
(2%).

    The Company's menu emphasizes  "freshness and consistency".  The Company has
certain  baked goods  delivered  fresh to its stores by local  vendors each day.
Prior to December 1, 1996, the Company  operated a commissary  within one of its
Company  owned stores,  which also provided  baked goods to Company owned stores
and  franchises.  The  commissary was closed on December 1, 1996, as the Company
determined that it could obtain such goods from other suppliers at less net cost
to the Company. Each cafe also bakes muffins,  croissants,  cookies and brownies
on the  premises,  which  allows  for the  freshest  product to be served to the
customer,  and  minimizes  waste due to stale  products.  The stores  feature an
extensive coffee presence as well as a full complement of baked goods to include
bagels, biscotti, scones, and other baked goods in a display cabinet for maximum
customer  eye  appeal.  The aroma of several  varieties  of coffee  brewing,  in
addition to the sound of milk frothing through the cappuccino machine, heightens
the coffee aura that encompasses the Cafe La France coffee restaurant.

    The demographic  profile of the Company's  target customer base is educated,
white collar,  health conscious,  young and mature adults.  Management  believes
that the Company's  target customer  chooses  healthier  muffins over deep fried
donuts  for  breakfast,  a  good  quality  gourmet  coffee,  and  fresh  healthy
sandwiches  at  competitive  prices.  The fresh lean  meats,  the aroma of fresh
breads,  the choice of two kinds of chicken  salad,  five  varieties of fat free
muffins and "just made"  cookies helps to make lunch at a cafe la france cafe an
enjoyable experience.


                                       25






    The Company's Catering Express program involves the sale of coffee and other
beverages  and  breakfast  and  luncheon  items  by any  Cafe La  France  coffee
restaurant to local  businesses and  organizations.  Selections  appropriate for
corporate functions, including baked goods, sandwiches, and cheese and crackers,
are  detailed on the  Company's  "Les Ordres  Speciaux"  menu and  delivered  on
attractive  platters  and  baskets.  Customers  call their orders in directly by
telephone or by facsimile  machine to Company  headquarters  and  deliveries are
arranged through the nearest cafe location.

    The Company believes it competes on the basis of quality of food and service
rather than price,  although  pricing is structured to give customers a sense of
good value at its cafes. The average customer purchase is approximately $1.50 to
$2.00 at breakfast and $4.00 to $5.00 at lunch. Approximately 45% of sales occur
in  the  morning  before  11:00  a.m.,  and  approximately  55% of  sales  occur
thereafter.  Most stores are open for breakfast and lunch,  and close by 4:00 p.
m.  Increases  in  the  average  guest  check  are  accomplished   through  menu
development,  promotions,  and  suggestive  selling by  employees.  The  Company
believes that it enjoys a high degree of repeat  business.  Management  believes
that the  Company's  menu  items are  priced to be  industry  competitive  while
insuring that customers receive quality and value for their money.

EXPANSION STRATEGY

    Although the Company has locations in both  residential  and urban areas, it
is the  intent  of  management  to  concentrate  on the  expansion  of its urban
locations which cater to working professionals. The majority of the Company's 18
stores (including seven franchise locations) are in urban locations and many are
typical of the format stores which management wants to develop with the proceeds
of this  Offering.  These stores are projected to occupy 1200 square feet,  cost
approximately $100,000 to build and produce store contribution margins of 20% on
sales of $250,000.  These store economics  combined with a simple Monday through
Friday (7:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m.) operation makes the urban Cafe La France concept
not only  financially  attractive  but also a desirable  concept for  restaurant
managers and franchise owners who want "normal" working hours.

   
    Cafe La France's  management is also currently  exploring  opportunities  in
highly visible  residential  areas.  Unlike urban locations,  these stores would
serve as a destination  for consumers  looking for baked goods,  luncheon items,
and coffee  seven days a week.  To help gain market  share and develop  separate
brand  awareness,  management is looking to possibly acquire or develop a retail
operation  which may operate  under a different  trade name than Cafe La France,
such as "The  Village  Bean" which the Company is  currently  using in Scituate,
Rhode Island.  The Company has been  operating its Cranston,  Rhode Island store
under the name "The Coffee  Bean"  pursuant to a  licensing  agreement  with the
former operator of this location,  but intends to change such name by the end of
April 1997.
    

    The Company  initially  intends to focus on the development of Company owned
cafes and franchises in the greater Boston,  Massachusetts  market.  The Company
does not  currently  have  any  definitive  plans,  proposals,  arrangements  or
understandings  for the  acquisition  of any existing  restaurants or locations,
other than as follows:  (i) the  Company  has  engaged the  services of a Boston
commercial realtor to serve as the Company's  exclusive agent to locate up to 20
suitable properties  available for lease in the area over the next 12-18 months;
and (ii) the Company has entered into a lease  agreement  with a landlord in the
Boston area dated February 21, 1997 which lease is contingent  upon the Landlord
displacing an existing  restaurant  tenant by August 1997.  Management  believes
that expansion into the greater Boston, Massachusetts market can be accomplished
with existing  management based in its Providence  corporate  offices because of
the short  travel time to the Boston area and because of  available  capacity of
its  training  and  management  personnel  based in  Providence,  including  its
Director of  Operations  and its Vice  President  -- Finance,  both of whom were
hired in 1996 in part to manage the Company's  expansion into the Boston market.
During  the past  fiscal  year,  management  believes  that it has  secured  the
necessary  management and accounting  personnel and put into place the necessary
accounting and financial systems to open and/or acquire  approximately  five new
Company  locations without  substantially  increasing its current fixed overhead
expenses. Management also believes that it made significant progress in reducing
the  Company's  cost of sales  during the last six months of fiscal 1996 and the
first  quarter  of fiscal  1997 and  expects to  continue  the  procedures  that
resulted in such progress in all new stores.  See  "MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF 

                                       26





FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS -- Three Months Ended December 29,
1996  Compared To Three  Months Ended  December 31, 1995 -- Costs and  Operating
Expenses" and "USE OF PROCEEDS."

COMPETITION

    The Company  believes that its major competitor in the Northeast (aside from
single-unit,  family-owned  stores) with an established  market for both morning
and lunch business is Au Bon Pain,  headquartered in Boston,  Massachusetts.  Au
Bon  Pain  has  grown  the  number  of its  cafes  to  over  200  units  located
predominantly  in  the  Northeast,   including  4  locations  in  Rhode  Island.
Additional competition arises from companies which specialize in gourmet coffee,
with  Starbucks the  nationally  recognized  leader with over 1000 locations and
growing  rapidly each year.  Dunkin Donuts is also a major  competitor with over
2000 locations nationwide and with a particular  concentration in the Northeast,
including  over 50  locations  in Rhode  Island.  Moreover,  Dunkin  Donuts  has
continued  to upgrade  the  quality  and  variety of its  coffee,  pastries  and
sandwiches  as  consumers  have become  more  discerning  about  coffee and food
products generally. See "RISK FACTORS -- Competition."

    The Cafe La France concept was developed as a mix between the gourmet coffee
cafe of Starbucks  and the bakery cafe  concept of Au Bon Pain.  The concept was
designed to be simple in both menu design and interior  physical design,  with a
small physical area and a modest capital investment to open.  Although there can
be no assurance  that costs for any  particular  location will not vary from the
following  figures,   the  Company  estimates  that  each  new  cafe  will  cost
approximately  $100,000  to  $150,000 to open,  including  costs for:  leasehold
improvements    ($20,000-$30,000);    equipment,    furniture    and    fixtures
($54,000-$75,000);   opening  inventory  ($4,000-$6,000);   initial  advertising
($1,000-$2,000);   working  capital  for  three  months  ($15,000-$25,000);  and
miscellaneous  professional fees and other costs ($6,000-$12,000).  In the event
the Company acquires an on-going restaurant  business,  such costs may be higher
as a result of additional  costs including costs for "goodwill" and professional
fees.

CUSTOMER SERVICE AND CAFE OPERATIONS

    The Company  believes that its quality of customer  service and  operational
efficiency  at each cafe is a competitive  advantage.  The entire Cafe La France
organization  is focused on executing the Company's  philosophy of 100% customer
satisfaction  to insure that each  customer is  completely  satisfied in product
quality,  price,  and  speed of  service,  and will  become  a  frequent  repeat
customer.   Consistent  with  this  philosophy,   quality  standards  have  been
established for all food and beverage  products,  the speed and  friendliness of
the service,  and the  cleanliness  and physical  environment of the cafes.  The
Company  believes that speed of service is  especially  integral to its success.
Cafe operating systems are being designed to achieve a three minute elapsed time
between a customer's  arrival in line and receipt of the customer's  order.  The
systems are capable of handling significant lunch time volumes,  preparing up to
150 custom-made sandwiches per hour.

SITE SELECTION AND DESIGN

   
    The  Company  seeks  to  locate  its  cafes  in  high  visibility,   heavily
trafficked,  office or shopping  areas that are easily  accessible to its target
customers.  With the  exception  of its  newly-opened  Lexington,  Massachusetts
location  and its  Baltimore,  Maryland  franchisee,  all stores  are  currently
clustered in and around  Providence,  Rhode  Island.  Management  believes  that
clustering  its  cafes  increases  name  recognition  and  provides  significant
operational  efficiencies.  Management also believes that Cafe La France's menu,
and cafe decor enable the Company to obtain  access to future sites that are not
available  to   traditional   quick   service   restaurants   because  of  space
considerations and the venting/cooking requirements of such restaurants.
    

    Each cafe relies on a substantial volume of repeat business. In evaluating a
potential new urban  location,  the Company  studies the area within a radius of
two blocks.  Information is obtained  regarding quick service breakfast or lunch
competitors  within  the  area.  Detailed  office  occupancy,   demographic  and
pedestrian   traffic  count  information  is  also  collected.   Based  on  this
information,  sales,  construction


                                       27





and equipment  costs,  and return on investment are  projected.  In evaluating a
potential residential or suburban location,  the Company studies the area within
a radius  of 5 miles,  and  evaluates  such  factors  as  parking,  demographics
(including   population   density  and  pedestrian   and  automobile   traffic),
visibility,  zoning requirements (including setback and signage) and neighboring
retail outlets.

    In its cafe design, the Company attempts to create a comfortable,  home-like
and  friendly  atmosphere  through  the  use of  wooden  fixtures,  simple  wall
decorations, and incandescent hanging lights to reflect the ambiance of the true
European  cafes.  The design  visually  reinforces  the  distinctive  difference
between Cafe La France and other quick service restaurants serving breakfast and
lunch. The Company recently  completed a design program under the direction of a
nationally recognized marketing firm to develop a uniform decor protocol for its
new stores that will emphasize the Company's  French cafe  atmosphere.  Over the
last year,  the Company  has  renovated  its current  stores to utilize the same
decor  features.  Management  believes  that maximum use of natural light and an
abundance of wood craftsmanship  combined with simple yet comfortable  furniture
and fixtures  results in a friendly,  enjoyable  and  comfortable  setting which
contributes to a loyal, satisfied and growing customer base.

    The Company  utilized the services of  Leonard/Monahan,  Inc. of Providence,
Rhode  Island  in  early  1995  to  create  the  Company's   identity   package.
Leonard/Monahan,  Inc. has created  designs for Polaroid  Corporation  and H. P.
Hood Company. Their services for the Company have included interior and exterior
store  design,  as well as  design of  packaging  materials,  sales  literature,
manuals, uniforms, public relations, media consulting, and franchise brochures.

PROPERTIES

    All Company-owned  cafes, in addition to the corporate offices,  are located
in leased  premises  with lease terms  typically  for five years and a five year
renewal period thereafter.  Lease costs are typically triple net leases,  with a
minimum base occupancy  charge and a charge for common area  maintenance  costs,
insurance and real estate  taxes.  The following is a list of leases under which
the Company's operating subsidiary, CLF2, Inc., is obligated:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            INITIAL ANNUAL
                                    APPROXIMATE       INITIAL             RENEWAL               LEASE
            LOCATION                SQUARE FEET      LEASE TERM             TERM             PAYMENTS(1)
            --------                -----------      ----------             ----             -----------
<S>                                  <C>            <C>                <C>                <C>
Corporate Offices  ..............     (a) 800       1/9/96-3/99             None              (a) $9,600
216 Weybosset Street                  (b) 800        9/96-11/99             None              (b) $9,600
Providence, RI                      Total = 1600

COMPANY OWNED CAFES:
Arcade Building  ................      1137           2/94-2/99            5 Years         $      11,100(2)
Westminster Street
Providence, RI

73 Empire Street ................       800           5/91-5/98           10 Years         $      12,000
Providence, RI

228 Weybosset Street  ...........      1200         12/91-12/96            7 Years         $      15,000
Providence, RI                                                      (this renewal option
                                                                     has been exercised
                                                                      by the Company)

One Citizens Plaza  .............      2067           7/95-6/00            5 Years         $      18,000(3)(4)
Providence, RI

483 Hope Street  ................     2100(5)         1/95-1/00            5 Years         $      23,100
Bristol, RI

1255 Reservoir Avenue  ..........     3100(6)         6/96-6/01            5 Years         $      46,500(2)
Cranston, RI

258 Thayer Street  ..............      1900           7/96-7/01            5 Years         $      57,000(2)
Providence, RI

                                       28





   
                                                                                            INITIAL ANNUAL
                                    APPROXIMATE       INITIAL             RENEWAL               LEASE
            LOCATION                SQUARE FEET      LEASE TERM             TERM             PAYMENTS(1)
            --------                -----------      ----------             ----             -----------

Amtrak Station  .................           860       9/95-9/98             None           $     9,000(3)(7)
Providence, RI

138 Danielson Pike  .............          1300       8/96-8/01           10 Years         $    19,200(8)
Scituate, RI

Prince's Hill Marketplace  ......          1786       8/95-8/00           15 years         $    20,280
County Road
Barrington, Rhode Island

The Mall at Chestnut Hill  ......         2,083     4/97-9/97(9)            None           $    83,320
Chestnut Hill, MA(9)                                 9/97-1/08

Ledgemont I  ....................         1,000      4/97-3/98              None           $         0(10)
128 Spring Street
Lexington, MA

</TABLE>
    


- -----------
(1) Does not include, where applicable,  charges for taxes, insurance and common
    area maintenance.

(2) Subject to an annual increase of between 3% and 5%.

(3) Plus a percentage of gross sales in excess of a target figure.

(4) Also includes rental of certain restaurant equipment.

(5) The Company has subleased approximately 800 square feet of this leasehold to
    an unaffiliated  Rhode Island limited liability company d/b/a "Daily Bread,"
    a retailer of European-style gourmet breads.

(6) The Company has subleased approximately 800 square feet of this leasehold to
    an unaffiliated  Rhode Island limited liability company d/b/a "Daily Bread,"
    a retailer of European-style gourmet breads.

(7) Subject to an annual increase of 16.7%.

(8) Subject to an increase based on the Consumer Price Index.

   
(9) The Company, through its Massachusetts subsidiary Cafe La France (MA), Inc.,
    executed this lease on February 21, 1997.  However,  the subject premises is
    currently  occupied  by another  tenant  and the  landlord  must  either (i)
    provide  the  Company  with the leased  space by  September  1, 1997 or (ii)
    terminate  this lease.  No rent is payable by the Company until the existing
    tenant has vacated and the Company takes possession of the space.

(10)The Company, through its Massachusetts subsidiary Cafe La France (MA), Inc.,
    executed a service  contract to operate a cafe  rent-free on March 25, 1997,
    and may receive a monthly fee dependent on average daily sales.  The service
    contract is cancellable on 30 days prior notice.
    

    CLF2,  Inc.  is also  the  lessee  on  leases  for the  following  franchise
locations and has entered into subleases with such franchisees on the same terms
and conditions as the original leases:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               APPROXIMATE    INITIAL
                  LOCATION                     SQUARE FEET     LEASE             TERM
                  --------                     -----------     -----             ----
<S>                                               <C>        <C>               <C>
100 Fountain Street  .......................       700       7/94-7/99         10 Years
Providence, RI
One Old Stone Square  ......................       554       1/95-1/00          5 Years
Providence, RI
University Heights  ........................      3045       5/93-4/98          5 years
North Main Street
Providence, Rhode Island

</TABLE>

    The  Company  considers  its  physical  properties  to be in good  operating
condition  and suitable  for the  purposes for which they are used.  The Company
believes that its facilities are adequate for the reasonably foreseeable future.


                                       29




MARKETING AND ADVERTISING

    In  general,   the  Company  has  relied  on  limited   radio   advertising,
word-of-mouth and customer  satisfaction to entice new customers into its coffee
restaurants.  In  addition,  the Company has  conducted  local  advertising  and
promotions  for new store  openings.  Typically,  the  Company  will  target all
potential  customers  within the immediate  area of a new store by  distributing
flyers announcing the grand opening of a store. In addition, the Company's store
manager will visit with local business  persons to make an  introduction  and to
acquaint  them  with  Cafe La France by  providing  sample  menus and  "Catering
Express" brochures.

    As the  Company  expands  the  number of  outlets  in the  existing  market,
management intends to develop an advertising  campaign to increase the number of
visits by new customers.  The cost of the advertising campaign will be funded by
the Company and by a weekly  contribution  from franchisees equal to up to 2% of
gross  receipts  pursuant to an  advertising  expense-sharing  provision  in the
Company's franchise  agreements.  Advertising in new markets will begin when the
number  of  total  locations  in a  new  geographical  area  provide  sufficient
economies of scale to fund an advertising  program. The Company anticipates that
it will spend less than  $5,000 in fiscal  1997 for  marketing  and  advertising
costs.

TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT

    The Company has developed a three-step  training  program to assure a smooth
opening for each new  Company-owned  and each franchise  location.  The training
program  covers  three to four weeks,  with each step  covering  one week and an
additional  week  between  Step 2 and Step 3 in order to  prepare  for the grand
opening of a cafe, as outlined below.

    Step 1: Orientation

    In this  classroom-style  training session, new managers learn to understand
the basics of the restaurant  business,  management's  philosophy of operating a
successful  cafe,  and the  techniques of  implementing  the Company's  business
concept.  Topics in this one week  session  include  company  history,  customer
service, cost controls,  accounting, vendor relations, staffing, menu knowledge,
sanitation   procedures,   quality  assurance,   system  standards,   government
regulation, loss prevention, and human resources.

    Step 2: Operations

    The  objective of  Operations  training is to  familiarize  the manager with
every aspect of operating a store within the system guidelines.  During this one
week step,  training is on-site at a designated Company training store where the
trainee  manager  follows an experienced  manager through his or her daily tasks
and  responsibilities.  In  addition,  a member of the  control  team works as a
coordinator  to assure  that all  topics  are  thoroughly  covered.  A  complete
understanding  is required in areas such as daily opening  procedures,  sandwich
preparation,   coffee  and  espresso  preparation,   sanitation,  cash  register
operations, ordering, inventory, safety, and banking procedures.

    Step 3: Support

    The third week of training coincides with the grand opening of the new cafe.
During this training  period,  a Company  support person  actually works side by
side  with the  trainee  manager,  assisting  with  daily  management  duties as
necessary. As the week progresses, the trainee manager requires less support, so
that the  support  person  leaves  the  store by the end of the  first  week but
continues to be available  to offer the new manager  assistance  on an as-needed
basis.

EMPLOYEES

   
    The Company as of April 1, 1997 had 81  employees,  including  36  full-time
employees,  and  45  part-time  employees.  Nine  of  the  Company's  employees,
including its two executive  officers,  are employed at the Company's  executive
offices located at 216 Weybosset  Street in downtown  Providence,  Rhode Island.
Each  store  is  staffed  with a  restaurant  manager  and a  number  of  hourly
employees, both
    


                                       30





full time and part time, based upon the sales volumes of the store.  None of the
Company's employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement. The Company
provides health insurance to approximately  20 of its full-time  employees.  The
Company considers its employee relations to be good.

    During  February 1997, as a result of a delay in this Offering caused by the
termination  of a  letter  of  intent  for a  firm  commitment  offering  by the
Company's former underwriter (See  "UNDERWRITING"),  the Company determined that
it was prudent to reduce certain  operating  expenses that it had been incurring
in preparation for becoming a public company.  The Company temporarily  laid-off
several employees and certain other employees agreed to defer a portion of their
compensation.  The Company  intends to rehire certain of these employees and pay
deferred  compensation  as necessary  or desirable  depending on the progress of
this  Offering  and the  ability  of the  Company  to  implement  its  expansion
strategy. See "USE OF PROCEEDS" and "BUSINESS -- Expansion Strategy."

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS

    Each Cafe La France store uses a computerized cash register to collect point
of sale  information  including:  sales  by menu  item,  department,  and  major
category  (coffee,  food, other beverage,  other);  sales by hour, day and week;
customer count; and average guest check. This detailed sales information,  which
is currently  gathered  manually and assembled in spread-sheet  form, allows the
Company to spot  significant  sales trends by store,  provides data to help keep
the cafe menus fresh,  highlights slow selling items,  and allows  management to
analyze the effect of marketing promotions and advertising.  The Company expects
to use a portion of the proceeds of this  Offering to upgrade its cash  register
system to provide  additional  information and to upgrade its software to enable
the  Company  to  electronically  compile  and  analyze  the  sales  information
described herein on a daily basis at its central office location.

    The corporate  general  ledger system is a  network-based  software  package
which  includes  all  general  ledger  functions,   accounts  payable,  accounts
receivable,  inventory control,  payroll,  and order entry. The Company uses all
the  above  functions,  with  the  exception  of  payroll  processing,  which is
currently performed by an outside company.

    Each month the Company  generates  computerized  profit and loss  reports by
store to track individual store  profitability  and spot unfavorable  trends for
immediate  follow-up.  In  addition,  the Company  tracks  store sales daily and
weekly for  comparison  to the prior year and the  current  year's  budget,  and
tracks cost of goods sold weekly by store.

TRADEMARKS/SERVICEMARKS

    The  Company's  logo  consists of a coffee cup with an accent mark above and
the words  "cafe la france"  below.  The  Company  registered  its logo with the
United States Patent and Trademark Office and received servicemark protection in
the 50 states on January 2,  1996,  under  Registration  Number  1,945,392.  The
Company has also  registered the servicemark  "cafe la france" in  Massachusetts
and Rhode Island.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

    Each   Company-owned  and  franchised  cafe  is  subject  to  licensing  and
regulation by state and local health,  sanitation,  fire and other  departments,
and to the regulations of certain federal  agencies,  including the Occupational
Safety and Health  Administration.  Difficulties  or failures in  obtaining  the
required  licensing or approvals could result in delays or  cancellations in the
opening of cafes.

    In  addition,  the  Company is subject to the Fair Labor  Standards  Act and
various state laws governing  such matters as minimum wages,  overtime and other
working conditions.

    The  Company is also  subject to federal and a  substantial  number of state
laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises.  Such laws impose registration
and disclosure  requirements  on franchisers in the offer and sale of franchises
and may apply substantive  standards to the relationship  between franchiser and
franchisee. See "FRANCHISE OPERATIONS -- Registration" below.


                                       31




FRANCHISE OPERATIONS

  Locations

    The Company seeks to locate both its Company owned cafes and its
franchises in areas of high walk-by consumer traffic in urban areas ( for
example, street corners), in or near office buildings with a significant
white-collar workforce in suburban areas, or on "main street" in upscale
communities. Currently, the Company has seven franchise locations as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          DATE      APPROXIMATE     GROSS SALES
             FRANCHISEE                  OPENED     SQUARE FEET     ROYALTY RATE
             ----------                  ------     -----------     ------------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>             <C>
Washington Highway ................         8/94        1280             4%
Lincoln, RI
100 Fountain Street ...............        10/94         700             5%
Providence, RI
One Old Stone Square ..............        10/94         554             5%
Providence, RI
327 Putnam Pike ...................        10/95         650             5%
Smithfield, RI
1 North Charles Street ............        11/95        1000             5%
Baltimore, MD
49 Exchange Street ................        12/95        1300             5%
Pawtucket, RI
University Heights ................         3/97(1)     3045             5%
North Main Street
Providence, Rhode Island

</TABLE>
- -----------
(1) This location had been operated by the Company since 1995,  but, as a result
    of the closing of the  Company's  commissary  (which  utilized a significant
    portion of this location) in December 1996, the Company  determined that the
    size of the location  (3,045  square feet) was  excessive  for the Company's
    needs, and a franchisee was approved who subleased the entire space from the
    Company  and  operates  the  store as a  franchise.  See  "Recent  Franchise
    Addition" below.


    In October,  1995, the Company  entered into an area  development  agreement
with its Baltimore  franchisee to have 7 locations  operating in the  Baltimore,
Maryland area by May 1999. The Baltimore franchisee opened his first location in
November 1995, and is actively  seeking a second location as of the date of this
Prospectus.

  Franchise Growth Potential and Cost

    The Company has  developed its cafe concept to maximize the future growth of
franchise  locations,  and  believes  that the  following  key  attributes  will
contribute to such growth:  (i) a low initial franchise fee of $15,000,  coupled
with a low royalty  rate of 5% of gross sales and a low  advertising/promotional
rate of 2% of gross sales, to allow for  affordability  by people who are losing
jobs  through  attrition or seek  productive  investment  in an  entrepreneurial
business;  (ii) a limited and simple menu for ease of  operation;  (iii) reduced
hours of  operation,  as most  urban  locations  are open  five  days a week for
breakfast  and  lunch,  and  close by 4:00 P. M. each  afternoon;  (iv) a modest
initial capital  investment of approximately  $100,000 to $150,000  depending on
the  location  and facility  size;  and (v) a concept and menu which  management
believes will capture the growing demand in the United States for healthier food
in a convenient and comfortable setting at a reasonable price.

    All  franchisees  are required to send their managers  through the Company's
training program, as discussed above in the "Training and Development" section.


                                       32






  Registration

   
    The  Company   originally   prepared  a  Franchise   Offering  Circular  for
Prospective  Franchisees dated April 28, 1995 pursuant to the applicable Federal
Trade  Commission  Rule on  Franchising  and Rhode  Island law which  originally
qualified the Company to sell  franchises  under the name "cafe la france" in 37
states.  The Company recently revised its Franchise Offering Circular to include
updated  Financial  Information  from  its most  recent  Fiscal  Year and  other
relevant  information.  The revised Offering  Circular was approved by the Rhode
Island  Department  of Business  Regulation  effective  January 13,  1997.  Such
approval  is valid  through  January  1998,  and  permits  the  Company to offer
franchises  for  sale in 38  states  and  jurisdictions,  including  all six New
England  states.  The  Company  has also  received  regulatory  approval  of its
Franchise Offering Circular in Maryland,  effective March 26, 1997 for one year,
and is contemplating  seeking  regulatory  approval in New York and areas of the
Midwest.  The Company  anticipates  attracting  additional  franchisees  through
advertisement in journals, newspapers, magazines, and franchise trade shows. The
Company plans to concentrate on area  development  franchise  agreements  rather
than on single  franchise  locations  to  optimize  franchise  growth and reduce
related expenses. The Company is obligated to file its independent  accountant's
updated report which contains an explanatory  paragraph  expressing  doubt about
the  Company's  ability to continue  as a going  concern,  which may  negatively
impact the Company's ability to sell additional franchises.
    

  Recent Franchise Addition

    Since December 29, 1996, the Company has entered into a franchise  agreement
with an  unrelated  party  pursuant  to  which a  Company-owned  cafe  has  been
converted to a franchise.  This location on North Main Street in Providence  had
been  operated by the Company  since 1995 but, as a result of the closing of the
Company's  commissary (which utilized a significant portion of this location) in
December  1996,  the Company  determined  that the size of the  location  (3,045
square  feet) was  excessive  for the  Company's  needs,  and on March 3, 1997 a
franchisee  was  approved  who  subleased  the space from the  Company and began
operating the store as a franchise.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    The  Company  is not  currently  involved  in  any  material  litigation  or
proceeding which is required to be disclosed under Item 103 of Regulation S-B.



                                       33




                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

    The directors, executive officers and key employees of the Company are 
as follows: 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              NAME                  AGE                      POSITION 
              ----                  ---                      -------- 
<S>                                 <C>   <C>
Thomas W. DeJordy                   33    Chairman of the Board, President, Chief 
                                           Executive Officer and Director 
Robert G. King                      51    Vice President -- Finance, Treasurer and 
                                           Director 
Richard LaFrance                    49    Director 
Daniel B. Forlasto                  35    Director of Operations 
</TABLE>

    THOMAS W.  DEJORDY,  Chairman of the Board,  President  and Chief  Executive
Officer,  founded the Company in 1989 and has worked in every  capacity  for the
Company  since  inception.  Prior to  organizing  the Company,  Mr.  DeJordy was
self-employed  as a  stockbroker.  Mr.  DeJordy is a 1985 graduate of Holy Cross
College.

    ROBERT G. KING, Vice President -- Finance,  Treasurer, and Director,  joined
the  Company  in January  1996.  Prior to that time,  Mr.  King  served as Chief
Financial Officer of Olde World Bakeries,  Ltd. from September 1994 through July
1995, and as Chief  Financial  Officer for The Coffee  Connection  from November
1993  through July 1994 (during  which  period he  coordinated  the sale of this
chain to Starbucks in April 1994).  From 1985 through  September  1992, Mr. King
served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer of The Ground Round
and was  instrumental in taking this 210 unit chain public in 1991. From 1975 to
1985,  Mr.  King  worked for the  Howard  Johnson  Company in various  financial
positions,  including  Vice President from 1982 to 1985. Mr. King is a Certified
Public Accountant, and holds a BS/BA degree and a MBA degree from Babson College
and a Masters of Science in Taxation from Bentley College.

    RICHARD LAFRANCE,  a Director,  has served as the Chief Executive Officer of
LaFrance Bros.,  Inc., a company which owns and operates  White's of Westport (a
1600 seat full service  function  facility and  restaurant),  since 1991.  Since
1989, he has served as the  President of LaFrance  Hospitality  Corp.  and since
1995 as the President of Fairhaven  Hospitality Corp.,  operators of Hampton Inn
Hotels located in southeastern Massachusetts. Mr. LaFrance is a 1968 graduate of
the  University of Notre Dame,  and is a director of Fall River 5(cent)  Savings
Bank and a former  director of the  Massachusetts  Restaurant  Association.  The
Company's name is not derived from or related to Mr. LaFrance.

    DANIEL B. FORLASTO, Director of Operations,  joined the Company in May 1996.
From  January  1996 to April 1996 Mr.  Forlasto  served as General  Manager  for
Northeast Restaurants, Inc. (Chilis) and from September 1995 to January 1996 Mr.
Forlasto  served as Vice  President  of  Operations,  North East,  for  Stacey's
Buffet,  Inc. and was responsible for all operations of eight restaurants in the
New England area.  From September 1992 to September 1995, Mr. Forlasto served as
Lead General Manager for Old Country Buffet/Buffet Inc. Mr. Forlasto also served
as Training  General Manager for Ponderosa  Steakhouse (a division of Metromedia
Steakhouse, Inc.) from 1987 to 1992.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS 

    Directors   who  are   employees  of  the  Company   receive  no  additional
compensation for attendance at Board meetings.  Non-employee directors receive a
per diem fee of $150 and are reimbursed  for their  expenses in connection  with
attending Board  meetings.  Non-employee  directors may also  participate in the
1996 Stock  Incentive Plan or a directors'  stock option plan, if established by
the Board of Directors.


                                       34




COMPENSATION OF EXECUTIVE OFFICERS 

    The following table sets forth the  compensation  paid by the Company to its
Chief Executive  Officer for services  rendered in all capacities to the Company
during the fiscal  year ended  September  29,  1996,  the fiscal year (9 months)
ended  October 1, 1995,  and the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994.  No other
executive  officers  earned in excess of  $100,000  of salary  and bonus for the
periods indicated. See "EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS" below.

                        SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              ANNUAL COMPENSATION 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                YEAR   SALARY ($)   BONUS 
            ---------------------------                ----   ----------   ----- 
<S>                                                    <C>    <C>         <C>
Thomas W. DeJordy  .................................   1996    $117,000   $  0 
 Chairman and                                          1995    $   *      $  * 
 Chief Executive Officer                               1994    $   *      $  * 

</TABLE>
- ----------
*   No salary or bonus was received by Mr.  DeJordy for the  calendar  year 1994
    and for the nine month period ended October 1, 1995, however,  the Company's
    consolidated  financial statements contain a pro forma expense adjustment to
    reflect  a salary  expense  of  $50,000  for  such  period,  reflecting  the
    estimated value of Mr. DeJordy's management  services.  Mr. DeJordy received
    Subchapter S distribution  of $32,795 for the calendar year 1994 and $32,327
    for the nine month period ending October 1, 1995.

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS 


    In November  1996,  the Company and Mr.  DeJordy  entered into an employment
agreement  which  provides  for a term of three years at an initial  base annual
salary of $132,000, adjusted upwards by 5% annually. In addition, Mr. DeJordy is
entitled  to  receive   annual   bonuses  of  $15,000,   $20,000  and   $25,000,
respectively,  in  fiscal  years  ending  1997,  1998 and  1999,  and an  annual
performance  bonus in fiscal 1998 and fiscal 1999 if the  Company  achieves  net
income  objectives  approved by the Board of  Directors.  Under the terms of the
agreement,  Mr.  DeJordy is  entitled  to receive  an option to  purchase  up to
200,000 shares of Common Stock  pursuant to the Company's  1996 Stock  Incentive
Plan provided that the Company  raises at least $3.1 million in this Offering or
the Company's  Common Stock is listed on the NASDAQ Small Cap Marketplace or the
Company  completes a firm  commitment  public  offering within two years. If the
Company  raises  less than $3.1  million  of gross  proceeds  but more than $1.5
million, Mr. DeJordy will receive only 100,000 options. Mr. DeJordy will receive
no options if less than $1.5  million is raised in this  Offering . Such  option
will have an  exercise  price  equal to the price per share of the Common  Stock
offered  hereby  to the  public,  and  shall  vest  over  5  years,  subject  to
modification  as a result  of  applicable  incentive  stock  option  rules.  Mr.
DeJordy's  employment  agreement also contains change-of control provisions that
require the Company to pay Mr. DeJordy 1.5 or 2.5 times his annual salary in the
event of a  change-of-control  during  the  term of the  Agreement,  subject  to
certain  conditions.  Mr. DeJordy's Agreement also provides for health insurance
benefits  and  contains  non-competition   provisions  that  prohibit  him  from
competing with the Company and acquiring any new interests in the cafe business.
The period covered by the non-competition  provisions will end upon the later of
the expiration of the agreement or one year after Mr.  DeJordy's  resignation or
termination. To activate this non-competition provision, the Company must notify
Mr. DeJordy and pay him the sum of $100,000. See "PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS."

   
    The  Company and Mr.  King also  entered  into an  employment  agreement  in
November  1996 which  provides  for a term of three  years at an initial  annual
compensation of $108,000 and the grant of an option to purchase 54,375 shares at
$2.76 per share (25% of which was vested upon issuance, with the balance to vest
in equal monthly  amounts over a 27 month period).  Mr. King is also entitled to
receive an  additional  option to purchase  75,000  shares of Common Stock at an
exercise  price equal to the price per share of the Common Stock offered  hereby
to the public, vesting monthly over a three-year period, if this Offering raises
gross  proceeds  of at least  $1.5  million.  Mr.  King's  employment  agreement
contains change-of-control provisions requiring the Company to pay Mr. King 100%
of his  annual  salary  in the  event of a  change-of-control  during  the term,
subject to certain  conditions.  Mr. King's  employment  agreement also contains
health insurance benefits,  discretionary annual cash performance-based bonuses,
and  a  one  year  non-competition  covenant
    


                                       35





following  termination,  which is activated by a payment from the Company to Mr.
King in the amount of one year's  annual  base  salary.  Mr.  King's  employment
agreement  is  terminable  by the  Company  in the event  this  Offering  is not
successfully completed.

    During the fiscal year ended  September  29,  1996,  and the current  fiscal
year,  Messrs.  DeJordy  and King have  agreed to defer  payment of a portion of
their salaries pending completion of this Offering in order to conserve cash. If
the Company  raises:  (i) at least $1 million but less than $1.5 million in this
Offering,  50% of Mr.  DeJordy's and Mr.  King's  salary will be paid  currently
thereafter;  (ii) between $1.5 million and $2.0 million in this Offering, 75% of
Mr. DeJordy's and Mr. King's salary will be paid currently thereafter;  or (iii)
over $2.0 million in this Offering,  100% of Mr. DeJordy's and Mr. King's salary
will be paid currently thereafter.  In the event the Company raises $1.5 million
in gross proceeds,  all deferred salary will be paid to Messrs. DeJordy and King
over a period of six (6) months in six equal consecutive payments.

1996 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN 

    The following is a summary of the  principal  features of the Cafe La France
1996 Stock Incentive Plan (the "Plan").

    PURPOSE.  The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Company
by providing  material  incentive for the continued services of key and valuable
employees,  directors,  and  non-employees who perform services for the Company.
Under the Plan, participants may be awarded options to purchase Common Stock, in
accordance with the terms of the Plan as described below.

    OPERATION AND  ELIGIBILITY.  The Plan will be administered by a Committee of
the Board of Directors. The Committee shall have the authority under the Plan to
make awards to eligible  participants in the form of (i) incentive stock options
within the  meaning of Section  422 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as
amended,  or (ii)  non-qualified  stock  options.  Employees  of the Company and
non-employees  who perform  services  for the  Company,  including  non-employee
directors,  shall be eligible  for awards  under the Plan as  determined  by the
Committee,  except that only employees are eligible to receive  incentive  stock
options.  The aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be the subject
of options  awarded under the Plan shall not exceed 500,000  shares,  all or any
portion of which may be granted in the form of incentive  stock options.  Shares
of Common Stock  reserved for issuance but never issued,  such as shares covered
by expired or terminated  options,  generally  will be available for  subsequent
awards.  Pursuant to Mr. DeJordy's  employment  agreement with the Company,  Mr.
DeJordy shall receive an option to purchase  200,000 shares of Common Stock upon
the successful completion of this Offering. Mr. King, pursuant to his employment
agreement, shall receive an option to purchase 75,000 shares of Common Stock, at
the public  offering price of the Shares offered  hereby,  subject to applicable
incentive stock option rules.

 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF OPTIONS 

    (a) Option  price:  The option price per share for any option  granted under
the Plan shall be determined by the Committee;  provided,  however,  that in the
case of an incentive stock option,  the option price per share shall not be less
than l00% of the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time of grant.

    (b) Period within which option may be  exercised:  The period of each option
shall be fixed by the Committee,  but no incentive stock option may be exercised
after the  expiration  of ten years  from the date the  option is  granted.  The
Committee may, in its discretion,  determine as a condition of any option,  that
all or a stated  percentage  of the shares  covered by such option  shall become
exercisable,  in  installments  or  otherwise,  only after the  completion  of a
specified service requirement by the Optionee.

    (c) Special Rules for l0% Shareholder: Notwithstanding the above, the option
price per share of an incentive  stock option granted to an employee who, at the
time such option is granted,  owns shares  possessing more than l0% of the total
combined  voting power of all classes of shares of the Company shall be at least
ll0% of the fair market  value of the Common  Stock  subject to the  option.  In
addition,  any such  incentive  stock  option  may not be  exercised  after  the
expiration of five years from the date the option is granted.

    (d) Grant  limitation:  The aggregate fair market value of Common Stock with
respect to which  incentive  stock options are exercisable for the first time by
any employee  during any calendar  year  (determined  at the time the  incentive
stock option is granted) shall not exceed $l00,000.



                                       36





    (e) Termination of option by reason of termination of employment: Unless the
Committee in its discretion  determines  otherwise,  if an Optionee's employment
with the Company  terminates,  all options which are not exercisable on the date
of  termination of employment  shall  immediately  terminate,  and any remaining
options shall terminate if not exercised  before the expiration of the following
periods,  or the  expiration of the term of the option,  if earlier:  (i) thirty
(30) days following  termination of employment,  if termination was not a result
of retirement on or after age 55, or of death or disability  (disability  within
the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code), or (ii) three (3)
months following termination of employment because of retirement on or after age
55, or (iii) one (l) year following date of death or commencement of disability,
if the  Optionee  was  employed  by the  Company  at the  time of  death  or the
commencement  of disability.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the Optionee's
employment is terminated  for cause,  any remaining  portion of the option shall
immediately terminate.

    (f)  Non-transferability:  Except in limited circumstances,  each option and
all rights thereunder shall be exercisable  during the Optionee's  lifetime only
by him and shall be non-assignable and  non-transferable by the Optionee except,
in the event of the Optionee's  death, by his will or by the laws of descent and
distribution.

    (g)  Modification or  cancellation  of option.  The Committee shall have the
authority to effect,  at any time and from time to time, with the consent of the
affected  Optionee,  the  modification  of the  terms  of any  option  agreement
(subject to the limitations  contained in the Plan),  including the acceleration
of the  exercisability  of any option for any reason  including  a change in the
control  or  ownership  of  the  Company,  or  the  cancellation  of  any or all
outstanding  options  granted  under this Plan.  In  substitution  for  canceled
options,  the  Committee  may  grant new  options  (subject  to the  limitations
contained  in the Plan)  covering  the same or  different  numbers  of shares of
Common  Stock at an  option  price per  share in all  events  not less than fair
market value on the date of the new grant.

    (h)  Disposition  of shares.  No option shall qualify as an incentive  stock
option if the shares of Common  Stock  acquired  pursuant to the exercise of the
option  are  transferred,  other  than  by will or by the  laws of  descent  and
distribution, within two years of the date such option was granted or within one
year  after  the  transfer  of Common  Stock to the  employee  pursuant  to such
exercise.

    METHOD OF  EXERCISE.  An option  granted  under the Plan may be exercised by
written notice to the Committee, stating the number of shares of Common Stock in
respect  of which the Option is being  exercised.  The  notice  shall  either be
accompanied  by the payment of the full  option  price for such shares or with a
request for a loan from the Company for all or a part of the purchase price. The
purchase price may be paid (i) in cash (including  personal check),  (ii) by the
delivery to the Company of Common Stock  already  owned by the  Optionee,  (iii)
subject to the prior  approval of the  Committee  and if permitted by applicable
law, by delivery to the Company of the promissory note of the Optionee,  or (iv)
by any combination of the above. A certificate or certificates for the shares of
Common Stock of the Company purchased through the exercise of an option shall be
issued in regular course after the exercise of the option and payment therefore.
During the option period no person entitled to exercise any option granted under
the Plan  shall  have any of the  rights or  privileges  of a  stockholder  with
respect to any shares  issuable upon exercise of such option until  certificates
representing such shares shall have been issued and delivered.

    CHANGES IN THE COMPANY'S  CAPITAL  STRUCTURE.  The existence of  outstanding
options  shall not affect in any way the right or ability of the  Company or its
stockholders  to make or authorize any or all changes in the  Company's  capital
structure or its business, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any
issue of bonds,  debentures,  preferred  or prior  preference  stock ahead of or
affecting  the  Common  Stock  or  the  rights  hereof,  or the  dissolution  or
liquidation  of the  Company,  or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its
assets or business or substantially all of the outstanding stock of the Company,
or any other  corporate  act or  proceeding,  whether of a similar  character or
otherwise.If   the  Company  shall  effect  a  subdivision,   consolidation   or
reclassification  of shares or other capital  readjustment or  recapitalization,
the payment of a stock dividend, or other increase or reduction of the number of
shares of the voting shares outstanding, without receiving compensation therefor
in money,  services or property,  then the number, class, and per share price of
Common Stock shall be  appropriately  adjusted in such a manner as to entitle an
Optionee to receive  upon  exercise of an option,  for the same  aggregate  cash
consideration,  the same  total  number  and class of  shares  as he would  have
received as a result of the event requiring the adjustment.



                                       37





    If the  Company is merged into or  consolidated  with  another  corporation,
regardless of whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation, or if the
Company is liquidated,  or sells or otherwise  disposes of substantially  all of
its assets or  substantially  all of the stock of the Company  while this option
remains  outstanding,  unless the Board  determines  otherwise,  all outstanding
options shall expire as of the effective date of any such merger, consolidation,
liquidation,  sale,  or other  disposition,  provided  that (x)  notice  of such
merger, consolidation,  liquidation, sale or other disposition shall be given to
such  Optionee  at least 30 days  prior to the  effective  date of such  merger,
consolidation,  liquidation, sale or other disposition and (y) an Optionee shall
have  the  right to  exercise  an  option  to the  extent  that the same is then
exercisable  during  the 30 day  period  preceding  the  effective  date of such
merger, consolidation, liquidation, sale or other disposition.

    In general,  the issue by the  Company of shares of stock of any class,  for
cash or property, or for labor or services,  either upon direct sale or upon the
exercise of rights or warrants to  subscribe  therefor,  or upon  conversion  of
shares or  obligations  of the  Company  convertible  into such  shares or other
securities,  shall not affect, and no adjustment by reason thereof shall be made
with  respect to, the number of shares or the price of Common Stock then subject
to outstanding options.

    AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION.  The Committee may terminate the Plan at any time,
and may amend the Plan at any time or from time to time; provided, however, that
any amendment  that would  increase the  aggregate  number of shares that may be
issued under the Plan, or materially  modify the  requirements as to eligibility
for  participation  in the Plan shall be subject to the  approval of the Company
stockholders to the extent required by Internal  Revenue Code Section 422, other
applicable laws or any other governing rules or regulations.

    DURATION OF PLAN.  No incentive  stock  option may be granted  later than 10
years  after the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted or the date the Plan is
approved by the Company's stockholders.

LIMITATION ON LIABILITY OF AND INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

    Section  145 of the  DGCL  affords  a  Delaware  corporation  the  power  to
indemnify  its  present  and  former   directors  and  officers   under  certain
conditions.  Article  Twelfth  of the  Company's  Certificate  of  Incorporation
provides  that any person made a party to or  otherwise  involved in any action,
suit or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,  administrative  or investigative
(hereinafter, a "proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that such person is or was
a director or officer of the Company, or is or was serving at the request of the
Company  as a  director,  officer,  employee  or agent of  another  corporation,
partnership,  joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall be indemnified and
held  harmless  by the  Company to the  fullest  extent  authorized  by the DGCL
against all expense,  liability and loss,  provided,  however,  that the Company
shall  indemnify such person in any proceeding  initiated by such person only if
such  proceeding  was  authorized by the Directors of the Company.  The right of
indemnification described herein includes the right to be paid expenses incurred
in defending any proceeding in advance of its final  disposition,  provided that
such person,  if required by the DGCL,  undertakes to repay all amounts advanced
if it shall be  ultimately  determined  that such  director  or  officer  is not
entitled to be indemnified under Article Twelfth or otherwise.

    Section  102(b)(7)  of the DGCL  gives a Delaware  corporation  the power to
adopt a charter  provision  eliminating  or limiting the  personal  liability of
directors to the corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as
directors, provided that such provision may not eliminate or limit the liability
of  directors  for (i) any  breach  of the  director's  duty of  loyalty  to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) any acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, (iii) any
payment of a dividend  or  approval of a stock  purchase  that is illegal  under
Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived
an improper  personal benefit.  Article Twelfth of the Company's  Certificate of
Incorporation  states that to the maximum extent permitted by Section  102(b)(7)
of the DGCL,  no  director  of the  Company  shall be  personally  liable to the
Company or its stockholders for monetary damages  resulting from such director's
breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director of the  Company,  except for  liability
involving  one of the four  exceptions  described in (i) through (iv) above.  In
addition,  the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  will provide that if the DGCL is
amended to authorize the further limitation or elimination of the liability of a
director,  then the liability of the directors shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.


                                       38





    Section  145 of the DGCL also  affords a Delaware  corporation  the power to
obtain  insurance on behalf of its  directors and officers  against  liabilities
incurred  by  them  in  those  capacities.  Article  Twelfth  of  the  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company may maintain insurance to
protect the Company and its directors and officers against expenses, liabilities
and losses  whether or not the Company  would have the power to  indemnify  such
person  against such expense,  liability or loss under the DGCL. If the Offering
is  successful,  the  Company  intends to  procure a  directors'  and  officers'
liability and company  reimbursement  liability  insurance  policy that will (a)
insure  directors and officers of the Company against losses (above a deductible
amount)  arising from certain claims made against them by reason of certain acts
done or  attempted  by such  directors  or  officers  and (b) insure the Company
against  losses (above a deductible  amount)  arising from any such claims,  but
only if the Company is required or  permitted  to  indemnify  such  directors or
officers for such losses under  statutory or common law or under  provisions  of
its Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws.

    Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  may be  permitted to  directors,
officers  and  controlling  persons of the  Company  pursuant  to the  foregoing
provisions,  or  otherwise,  the Company has been advised that in the opinion of
the Securities and Exchange  Commission such  indemnification  is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

    In November,  1996,  the Company  entered into  employment  agreements  with
Messrs. DeJordy and King. See "MANAGEMENT -- Employment Agreements."

   
    On October 25, 1996,  Cafe la france,  Inc., a Rhode Island  corporation and
holder of all of the outstanding stock of the Company's  operating  subsidiaries
(the  "Predecessor"),  was  merged  with and into the  Company.  The  merger was
structured to qualify as a tax-free reorganization pursuant to the provisions of
Section  368  of  the   Internal   Revenue   Code  of  1986,   as  amended  (the
"Reorganization").   In  connection  with  the  Reorganization,   each  existing
stockholder  in the  Predecessor  received  290  shares of  Common  Stock in the
Company  in  exchange  for  each  outstanding  share  of  common  stock  of  the
Predecessor owned thereby. Mr. DeJordy received 923,650 (1,154,556 following the
March  1997 5 for 4 stock  split)  shares  of  Common  Stock in the  Company  in
exchange for 3,185 shares of the predecessor.  Prior to such date, on October 2,
1995,  Mr. DeJordy  contributed  all of the  outstanding  stock of the Company's
operating  subsidiaries,  CLF2,  Inc.  and  CLF  Franchise  Corporation,  to the
Predecessor  in exchange for 3,375  shares of common  stock of the  Predecessor.
Prior to that date, on February 9, 1995, three corporations  wholly owned by Mr.
DeJordy (CLF7,  Inc., CLF3, Inc. and CLF9, Inc.) were merged with and into CLF2,
Inc. (also wholly-owned by Mr. DeJordy),  in a tax free reorganization,  and the
stock of such non-surviving corporations was canceled.
    

    On February 28, 1996,  Home Loan and  Investment  Bank  provided a term loan
(the "Loan") in the  principal  amount of $350,000 to the  Company.  The Loan is
personally  guaranteed by Mr. DeJordy.  The Company does not intend to repay the
Loan from the proceeds of this Offering unless required to by the Bank.

    From June  1995  through  May  1996,  the  Predecessor  conducted  a private
offering of Common Stock  pursuant to Regulation D under the  Securities  Act to
help provide the necessary  funds to finance the  Predecessor's  operations  and
expansion. The Predecessor sold a total of 999.66 shares at $1000 per share (the
equivalent of approximately 290,000  post-Reorganization shares of Common Stock)
or 22.4% of the shares of Common Stock currently  outstanding,  and raised gross
proceeds of $999,667 from such sales. Mr.  LaFrance,  a director of the Company,
purchased 100 shares,  (29,000 shares  following the merger and 36,250 following
the March 1997 5 for 4 stock split) under the same terms  offered  purchasers in
such offering.

    During the fiscal year ended  September  29,  1996,  and the current  fiscal
year,  Messrs.  DeJordy  and King have  agreed to defer  payment of a portion of
their salaries pending completion of this Offering in order to conserve cash. If
the Company  raises:  (i) at least $1 million but less than $1.5 million in this
Offering,  50% of Mr.  DeJordy's and Mr.  King's  salary will be paid  currently
thereafter;  (ii) between $1.5 million and $2.0 million in this Offering, 75% of
Mr. DeJordy's and Mr. King's salary will be paid currently thereafter;  or (iii)


                                       39






over $2.0 million in this Offering,  100% of Mr. DeJordy's and Mr. King's salary
will be paid currently thereafter.  In the event the Company raises $1.5 million
in gross proceeds,  all deferred salary will be paid to Messrs. DeJordy and King
over a period of six (6) months in six equal consecutive payments.

    Each  of the  foregoing  transactions  were  among  affiliated  parties  and
necessarily involved conflicts of interest.  It is the Company's policy that all
transactions between the Company and its affiliated entities, executive officers
or  directors  will be subject to the review and approval of the majority of the
Company's  directors that do not have an interest in the  transaction  following
all disclosure of any potential or actual  conflict,  and will be on terms which
will be no less  favorable  to the Company  than the Company  could  obtain from
non-affiliated parties.

                             PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

    The  following  table sets forth  certain  information  with  respect to the
beneficial ownership of common stock of the Company as of the date hereof by (i)
each of the Company's  directors,  (ii) each of the Company's executive officers
named in the Summary Compensation Table and (iii) all current executive officers
and  directors of the Company as a group.  The common stock is the only class of
equity  securities of the Company which will be outstanding  after the Offering.
No other  person  beneficially  owns more than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of
common stock. There are currently 34 stockholders of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                  PERCENTAGE     PERCENTAGE 
                                                                                     OWNED          OWNED 
                                                                   NUMBER OF        BEFORE          AFTER 
          NAME AND ADDRESS                      TITLE             SHARES OWNED   THE OFFERING   THE OFFERING 
          ----------------                      -----             ------------   ------------   ------------ 
<S>                                    <C>                       <C>                <C>             <C>
Thomas W. DeJordy .................    Chairman, CEO             1,154,556(1)        70.7%(1)       41.8%(1) 
  216 Weybosset Street                 President and Director 
  Providence, RI 
Robert G. King ....................    Vice President --            24,167(2)         1.5%            .9% 
                                       Finance and Director 
Richard LaFrance ..................    Director                     36,250            2.2%           1.3% 
                                                                 ---------           ----           ----             
All current directors and executive 
  officers (3 persons) ............                              1,214,973           74.0%          43.9% 
                                                                 =========           ====           ====


</TABLE>

- -----------
(1) Certain of Mr.  DeJordy's  relatives also own shares of Common Stock,  as to
    which Mr. DeJordy disclaims beneficial ownership.

(2) Includes  24,167  shares of Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise of options
    that are currently  exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of
    this Prospectus, pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of
    1934, as amended.

    

                                       40





                            DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES


COMMON STOCK 

    The Company is authorized  to issue  9,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  par
value $.01 per share,  of which  1,616,628  shares  are  currently  outstanding.
Holders  of  Common  Stock  have one vote for each  share  held of record on all
matters to be voted upon by  stockholders,  including the election of directors,
will have no cumulative  voting  rights with respect to any matter,  and will be
entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors
out  of  funds  legally  available   therefor  and,  upon  liquidation  of  such
corporation,  to share  ratably in the net assets  available  for  distribution.
Shares of Common Stock are not redeemable and have no preemptive,  conversion or
similar rights.  All of the issued and  outstanding  shares of Common Stock are,
and all shares of Common Stock to be outstanding upon completion of the Offering
will be, upon receipt of the payment  therefor,  validly issued,  fully paid and
nonassessable.

LIMITATIONS ON TRANSFERS OF SHARES 

    There is currently no public market for the Company's Common Stock. Although
there can be no assurance, the Company expects that, following the Offering, the
Common Stock will be traded in the  over-the-counter  market ("OTC") through the
OTC "Electronic Bulletin Board." Even if the Company's Common Stock is quoted on
the OTC  Electronic  Bulletin  Board,  there can be no assurance  that a trading
market will develop, or, if developed, will be sustained following the Offering.

    The Company  previously  applied for listing on the Nasdaq  SmallCap  Market
when this Offering was originally  structured as a firm commitment  underwriting
(See  "UNDERWRITING")  and intends to reactivate that application  when, and if,
the Company meets the listing  requirements of the Nasdaq SmallCap  Market.  The
principal initial listing requirements, as recently revised by the NASD, include
$4,000,000 of net tangible assets, a minimum bid price of $4.00 per share, three
market makers, 300 shareholders and two outside  directors.  No assurance can be
given as to when, if ever,  the Company's  Common Stock will qualify for listing
on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market.

COMMON STOCK OPTIONS 

    The Company's 1996 Stock  Incentive Plan (the "Plan") enables the Company to
issue  incentive  and  non-qualified  stock  options to deserving  employees and
non-employees who perform services for the Company.  Under the Plan, the Company
has reserved  500,000 shares of its  authorized  common stock for option grants.
The  Company  believes  that the Plan will  enhance  its  ability to attract and
retain key employees and other persons who are in a position to make significant
contributions to the Company's success.  See "MANAGEMENT -- 1996 Stock Incentive
Plan."

    The Company has issued  incentive  stock  options under the Plan to purchase
79,025 shares of Common Stock to certain employees which options are exercisable
for $2.76 per share.  The Company also has agreed to issue an option for 200,000
shares of Common  Stock under the Plan to Mr.  DeJordy upon  completion  of this
Offering,  at an exercise  price equal to the price of the Common Stock  offered
hereby,  provided  that the  Offering  results in at least $3.1 million of gross
proceeds  or the  Company's  Common  Stock is  listed  on the  NASDAQ  Small Cap
Marketplace or the Company  completes a firm  commitment  public offering within
two years.  If the Offering  raises less than $3.1 million of gross proceeds but
more than $1.5  million,  Mr.  DeJordy will receive  only 100,000  options.  Mr.
DeJordy  will  receive no  options  if less than $1.5  million is raised in this
Offering.  The  options are subject to  modification  as a result of  applicable
incentive stock option rules. The Company has also agreed to issue an option for
75,000  shares to Mr.  King at an  exercise  price  equal to the price of Common
Stock offered  hereby  provided the Company raises at least $1.5 million in this
Offering.  See "MANAGEMENT -- Employment  Agreements." In addition,  the Company
has issued  nonqualified  options to purchase  72,500  shares of Common Stock to
certain consultants. Such options are exercisable for $2.76 per share.

UNDERWRITER'S OPTION 

   
    In  connection  with this  Offering,  the  Company has agreed to sell to the
Underwriter  and/or  its  designees,  for  nominal  consideration,  an option to
purchase  from the Company 5% of the number of Shares sold in the Offering  (the
"Underwriter's  Option"). The Underwriter's Option is initially exercisable at a
price of $5.60 
    


                                       41





per share of Common  Stock  (140% of the  Offering  Price of the  Shares)  for a
period  of four  years  commencing  one  year  from the  effective  date of this
Prospectus and is restricted from sale,  transfer,  assignment or  hypothecation
for a period of twelve  months from the date  hereof,  except to officers of the
Underwriter and by operation of law.

    For  the  term of the  Underwriter's  Option,  the  holder  thereof  has the
opportunity  to  profit  from  a rise  in  the  market  price  of the  Company's
securities which may result in a dilution of the interest of the stockholders.

    BRIDGE  WARRANTS.  During 1996, the Company  completed a private offering of
$600,000  of 12%  promissory  notes  (the  "Notes")  and common  stock  purchase
warrants (the "Bridge Warrants"). The The Bridge Warrants become exercisable for
$.01 per share for a period of 60 days  beginning 13 months after the successful
completion of this Offering.  The Bridge Warrants are exercisable for a total of
112,500 shares of Common Stock in the Company.  The Company has agreed to file a
registration  statement to register the shares  acquirable  upon exercise of the
Bridge Warrants for resale after the successful completion of this Offering. The
Bridge  Warrants are  nontransferable  and do not confer upon their  holders any
voting or other rights as stockholders of the Company.

    PREFERRED STOCK. The Board of Directors has the authority to issue Preferred
Stock in one or more series and to fix the rights,  preferences,  privileges and
restrictions  thereof,  including  dividend rights,  dividend rates,  conversion
rights,  voting rights,  terms of  redemption,  redemption  prices,  liquidation
preferences and the number of shares  constituting any series of the designation
of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders. The issuance
of Preferred  Stock may have the effect of delaying,  deferring or  preventing a
change in control of the Company without further action by the  stockholders and
may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of the Company's
common stock. At present, the Company has no plans to issue any of the Preferred
Stock.

DELAWARE LAW AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BY-LAW PROVISIONS 

    SECTION 203. In the Certificate of Incorporation,  the Company has expressly
elected to be  governed  by Section  203 of the DGCL.  Section  203  prevents an
"interested  stockholder"  (defined in Section 203  generally as a person owning
15% or more of a  corporation's  outstanding  voting stock),  from engaging in a
"business combination" (as defined in Section 203) with a publicly-held Delaware
corporation  for three years following the date such person became an interested
stockholder unless (i) before such person became an interested stockholder,  the
board of directors of the  corporation  approved  the  transaction  in which the
interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved the business
combination;  (ii) upon  consummation  of the  transaction  that resulted in the
interested  stockholder  becoming  an  interested  stockholder,  the  interested
stockholder  owned  at  least  85%  of  the  voting  stock  of  the  corporation
outstanding  at the time the  transaction  commenced  (excluding  stock  held by
directors who are also officers of the  corporation  and by employee stock plans
that do not provide employees with the right to determine confidentially whether
shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer);
or (iii)  following  the  transaction  in which such person became an interested
stockholder,  the business  combination is approved by the board of directors of
the  corporation  and authorized at a meeting of stockholders by the affirmative
vote and not by written  consent of the holders of two-thirds of the outstanding
voting stock of the corporation not owned by the interested stockholder.

    ADVANCE  NOTICE FOR  STOCKHOLDER  PROPOSALS AND  STOCKHOLDER  NOMINATIONS OF
DIRECTORS. The By-Laws of the Company will establish an advance notice procedure
with regard to the nomination, other than by or at the direction of its Board of
Directors or a committee  thereof,  of candidates for election as directors (the
"Nomination  Procedure") and with regard to certain matters to be brought before
an annual meeting of stockholders of the Company (the "Business Procedure"). The
Nomination  Procedure will require that a stockholder give prior written notice,
in proper  form,  of a planned  nomination  for the  Board of  Directors  to the
Secretary of the  Company.  The  requirements  as to the form and timing of that
notice are specified in the By-Laws. If the election inspectors determine that a
person was not  nominated in  accordance  with the  Nomination  Procedure,  such
person will not be eligible  for  election  as a  director.  Under the  Business
Procedure,  a  stockholder  seeking to have any


                                       42





business  conducted at an annual  meeting  must give prior  written  notice,  in
proper form, to the Secretary of the Company.  The  requirements  as to the form
and timing of that notice are specified in the By-Laws. If the Chairman or other
officer  presiding at a meeting  determines that other business was not properly
brought  before such meeting in  accordance  with the Business  Procedure,  such
business  will not be  conducted  at such  meeting.  Although the By-Laws of the
Company do not give the Board of  Directors  any power to approve or  disapprove
stockholder  nominations  for the election of directors or of any other business
desired by stockholders  to be conducted at an annual or any other meeting,  the
By-Laws (i) may have the effect of  precluding a nomination  for the election of
directors or precluding  the conduct of business at a particular  annual meeting
if the proper  procedures  are not  followed or (ii) may  discourage  or deter a
third party from  conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of
directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company,  even if the
conduct of such  solicitation or such attempt might be beneficial to the Company
and its stockholders.

   
    TRANSFER AGENT.  The Company has appointed  American  Securities  Transfer &
Trust Incorporated as its Transfer Agent for the Common Stock.
    


                     SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE 

   
    FUTURE SALES OF COMMON STOCK.  Upon completion of this Offering,  there will
be  2,741,628  shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  (assuming  no  exercise  of
existing options or warrants), of which 1,125,000 shares of Common Stock sold in
this Offering will be freely  tradable in the United States without  restriction
under the Securities Act, by persons other than "affiliates" of the Company,  as
defined under the  Securities Act -- if a market for such Shares were to develop
(See "RISK FACTORS -- Absence of Public  Market").  Of the  remaining  1,616,628
shares  outstanding,  (i) 362,384  shares  were  issued  pursuant to Rule 504 of
Regulation D in the Company's  1995-1996  private  offering of Common Stock (See
"CERTAIN  TRANSACTIONS")  and would be freely tradable under federal  securities
laws after this Offering but for a 13 month  post-Offering  "lock-up"  provision
contained in the subscription agreements executed by investors in such offering,
and (ii) 1,254,244  shares have not been registered under the Securities Act and
constitute  "restricted  securities" under Rule 144 of the Securities Act ("Rule
144"). Ordinarily,  under Rule 144, a person holding restricted securities for a
period  of two  years  may,  every  three  months,  sell in  ordinary  brokerage
transactions or in transactions  directly with a market maker an amount equal to
the greater of one percent of the Company's then outstanding Common Stock or the
average weekly trading volume during the four calendar weeks prior to such sale.
Rule 144 also  permits  sales by a person who is not an affiliate of the Company
and  who  has  satisfied  a  three-year  holding  period  without  any  quantity
limitation. The Company's Chairman and Chief Executive Officer (Mr. DeJordy) has
agreed not to sell any of his  1,154,556  shares of Common  Stock,  all of which
constitute  restricted  securities,  for a period of 13 months  from the date of
this  Prospectus   without  the  prior  written  consent  of  the   Underwriter.
Thereafter,  Mr.  DeJordy  would be eligible to resell such  shares,  subject to
volume limitations and other conditions imposed by Rule 144. With respect to the
remaining 99,688 shares of Common Stock which constitute restricted  securities,
68,875 shares held by non-affiliates would become eligible for resale under Rule
144 on October 2, 1997 and 30,813  shares held by  non-affiliates  would  become
eligible for resale on May 30,  1998,  subject to volume  limitations  and other
conditions  imposed  by Rule  144.  Future  sales  under  Rule  144  may  have a
depressive effect on the market price of the Common Stock should a public market
develop for such stock as to which there can be no assurance.  In addition,  the
Bridge  Warrants will become  exercisable  for 112,500 shares of Common Stock 13
months after this Offering. Following registration thereof, which the Company is
obligated  to  undertake,  resales of such shares  could also have a  depressive
effect on the market price of the Common Stock.
    




                                       43




                                  UNDERWRITING

    Earnhardt Co., Inc. (the "Underwriter") has agreed, subject to the terms and
conditions  of an  Underwriting  Agreement,  to  use  its  best  efforts  as the
Company's  selling agent to offer up to a maximum of 1,125,000  Shares of Common
Stock to the public at the public  offering price set forth on the cover page of
the  Prospectus.  The  Underwriter has made no commitment to purchase all or any
part of the Shares offered  hereby.  The  Underwriter has agreed to use its best
efforts to find  purchasers  for the Shares offered hereby from the date of this
Prospectus  through June 30, 1997, at the discretion of the Company for up to an
additional 120 days.

    As compensation  for its services as Underwriter,  the Company has agreed to
pay the  Underwriter  a 10% cash  commission  on all sales of Shares sold in the
Offering.  The Company has also  agreed to issue to the  Underwriter,  an option
(the  "Underwriter's  Option"),  which  confers the right to purchase  shares of
Common  Stock  equal to 5% of the  number of Shares  sold in the  Offering.  The
Underwriter's  Option  is  initially  exercisable  at the price  (the  "Exercise
Price") of $5.60 per Share (140% of the public offering price of the Shares) for
a period  of four  years  commencing  one year from the  effective  date of this
Prospectus.   The  Underwriter's   Option  contains  provisions   providing  for
adjustment of the Exercise Price and the number and type of securities  issuable
upon the exercise thereof upon the occurrence of certain events.

   
    The Underwriter has advised the Company that it may reallow all or a portion
of such  cash  commission  and the  Underwriter's  Option to other  dealers  who
participate in the Offering, if any. The Underwriter shall also be reimbursed by
the Company for its reasonable,  actual accountable  out-of- pocket expenses not
to exceed $12,000.
    

    Certain  principal  stockholders  and the Company  have agreed  that,  for a
period of 13  months  from the date of this  Prospectus,  they will not sell any
securities  (except for shares of Common  Stock  issued  pursuant to exercise of
options  which may be granted under the Plan)  without the  Underwriter's  prior
written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

    The Underwriting Agreement provides for reciprocal  indemnification  between
the Company and the Underwriter  against certain  liabilities in connection with
the Registration Statement, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

    The  foregoing  is a  brief  summary  of  all  material  provisions  of  the
Underwriting  Agreement  and does not purport to be a complete  statement of its
terms and conditions.  A copy of the Underwriting  Agreement is on file with the
Commission as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus
is a part.

    This Offering was originally structured as a "firm commitment" offering with
a different  underwriter.  As a result of the termination by that underwriter of
its involvement as managing  underwriter  and because of the  substantial  delay
involved  in finding a new firm  commitment  underwriter,  the  Company  engaged
Earnhardt Co., Inc. as a "best efforts" underwriter.  The Company, in connection
with the  original  firm  commitment  underwriting,  applied  for listing of the
Shares on the Nasdaq SmallCap Market and intends to reactivate such  application
at such time as it may be able to comply with the SmallCap listing standards, as
to  which  there  can  be  no  assurance.  See  "DESCRIPTION  OF  SECURITIES  --
Limitations on Transfers of Shares." In addition,  the Company may seek to amend
this  Offering  at  such  time  as the  Company  can  engage  a firm  commitment
underwriter to complete the sale of any unsold Shares. There can be no assurance
that any such firm  commitment  underwriting  will  develop,  regardless  of the
progress of this Offering.

    Prior to the  Offering,  there  has  been no  public  market  for any of the
Company's  securities  and there  can be no  assurance  that such a market  will
develop in the immediate future. The initial public offering price of the Shares
has been determined by  consultations  between the Company and the  Underwriter,
with due  consideration  given to the  pricing of the  Offering  resulting  from
negotiations with the former "firm commitment"  underwriter.  The Offering price
of the Shares is not necessarily related to the Company's assets,  earnings,  or
book value or any other  established  criteria of value.  Factors  considered in
determining  the  Offering  price of the Shares  included  estimates of business
potential,  historical earnings, future prospects,  gross proceeds to be raised,



                                       44






percentage of stock owned by officers and directors on the date hereof, the type
of business in which the Company  engages,  and an  assessment  of the Company's
management.  The foregoing factors were evaluated in light of the existing state
of the securities market.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

    The validity of the  Securities  offered  hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Duffy & Sweeney,  300 Turks Head Building,  Providence,  Rhode Island
02903.  Michael  F.  Sweeney,  Esquire,  a  partner  in the law  firm of Duffy &
Sweeney, is Secretary of the Company.  Gordon A. Carpenter,  Esq., 91 Friendship
Street, Providence, RI has acted as counsel to the Underwriter in connecton with
the Offering.

                                     EXPERTS

    The financial  statements  of Cafe La France,  Inc. as of September 29, 1996
and for the year  ended  September  29,  1996 and the  nine-month  period  ended
October 1, 1995 have been  included  herein in reliance  upon the report of KPMG
Peat Marwick LLP, independent certified public accountants,  appearing elsewhere
herein,  and upon the  authority  of said  firm as  experts  in  accounting  and
auditing.

                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

    The Company  has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission")  a  Registration  Statement on Form SB-2 under the  Securities Act
with respect to the Securities offered hereby.  This Prospectus does not contain
all the information set forth in the Registration Statement and the exhibits and
schedules thereto,  as permitted by the Rules and Regulations of the Commission.
For  further  information  with  respect to the  Company  and to the  Securities
offered hereby,  reference is made to the Registration  Statement  including the
exhibits and schedules  thereto.  Statements  contained in this Prospectus as to
the  contents of any  contract or other  document  summarize  only the  material
provisions  thereof  and  are not  necessarily  complete,  and in each  instance
reference  is made to the copy of such  contract or other  document  filed as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such statement being qualified in
all respects by such  reference.  The  Registration  Statement  and exhibits and
schedules thereto may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities
maintained by the Commission at Room 1024,  Judiciary  Plaza,  450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the Commission's Regional Offices located at
7 World  Trade  Center,  Suite  1300,  New York,  New York 10048 and at 500 West
Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois 60661. Copies of such materials
may be  obtained  at  prescribed  rates by  writing to the  Commission's  Public
Reference Section,  Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549.
The Commission maintains a Web site  (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports,
proxy and information  statements and other  information  regarding issuers that
file electronically with the Commission.

    The Company will provide  without  charge to each person who receives a copy
of the Prospectus, upon written or oral request of such person, a copy of any of
the  information  that was  incorporated  by  reference in the  Prospectus  (not
including  exhibits to the information that was incorporated by reference unless
the exhibits are themselves  specifically  incorporated by reference).  Requests
for copies of said  documents  should be made to should be directed to Thomas W.
DeJordy,  President,  216  Weybosset  Street,  Providence,  Rhode Island  02903,
telephone (401) 453-2233.

    Prior to this Offering,  the Company has not been a reporting  company under
the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  Subsequent to this Offering,
the Company intends to furnish to its  stockholders  annual reports,  which will
include financial statements audited by independent accountants,  and such other
periodic reports as it may determine to furnish or as may be required by law.



                                       45







                           CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                       INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              PAGE
                                                                                                              -----
             <S>                                                                                              <C>

             Independent Auditors' Report                                                                     F-2

             Consolidated Balance Sheet as of September 29, 1996, and as of December 29, 1996
               (unaudited)                                                                                    F-3

             Consolidated  Statements of Income for the Year Ended September 29,
               1996 and Nine  Months  Ended  October 1, 1995,  and for the Three
               Months Ended December 29, 1996 and December 31, 1995 (unaudited)                               F-4

             Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the Year Ended
               September 29, 1996 and Nine Months Ended October 1, 1995, and for
               the Three Months Ended December 29, 1996 and December 31, 1995 (unaudited)                     F-5

             Consolidated  Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended September
               29, 1996 and Nine Months Ended October 1, 1995, and for the Three
               Months Ended December 29, 1996 and December 31, 1995 (unaudited)                               F-6

             Notes to Financial Statements                                                                    F-7
</TABLE>


                                    F-1



                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

The Board of Directors and Shareholders
 CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.

    We have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheet of Cafe La
France,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  as of  September  29,  1996  and  the  related
consolidated statements of income,  shareholders' deficit and cash flows for the
year ended September 29, 1996 and the nine-months  ended October 1, 1995.  These
consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of the  Company's
management.  Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on these  consolidated
financial statements based on our audits.

    We  conducted  our audit in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred to above
present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the financial  position of Cafe La
France,  Inc. and subsidiaries as of September 29, 1996 and the results of their
operations  and their cash flows for the year ended  September  29, 1996 and the
nine-months  ended  October  1,  1995  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
accounting principles.

    The  accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared
assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note
13 to the financial  statements,  the Company has suffered recurring losses from
operations and has a net capital  deficiency that raise  substantial doubt about
its  ability to  continue as a going  concern.  Management's  plans in regard to
these  matters  are  also  described  in Note  13.  The  consolidated  financial
statements do not include any adjustments  that might result from the outcome of
this uncertainty.

                                         KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP


Providence, Rhode Island
November 7, 1996, except as to notes 7, 11 and 13,
 which are as of March 10, 1997


                                    F-2



                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    SEPTEMBER 29,       DECEMBER 29,
                                                                                                        1996                1996
                                                                                                    -----------         ------------
<S>                                                                                                 <C>                 <C>
   
                                                                                                                         (Unaudited)
                                    ASSETS
Current assets (note 5):
   Cash                                                                                              $     5,695        $     5,313
   Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $19,000 at
   September 29, 1996 and $20,500 at December 29, 1996 (unaudited) (note 2)                               16,569             16,359
   Notes receivable from franchisees -- current portion                                                   19,185             18,730
   Inventories                                                                                            45,284             64,220
   Prepaid expenses                                                                                       15,784             61,422
   Prepaid initial public offering costs                                                                  41,440            128,688
   Preopening costs                                                                                        1,262                818
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
      Total current assets                                                                               145,219            295,550
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
Property and equipment (note 5):
  Equipment and store furnishings                                                                        591,286            603,599
  Office furniture and fixtures                                                                           30,909             31,017
  Leasehold improvements                                                                                 156,699            167,366
  Vehicles                                                                                                16,609             16,609
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
                                                                                                         795,503            815,591
Less accumulated depreciation                                                                            156,986            178,232
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
      Net property and equipment                                                                         638,517            640,359
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
Other assets (note 5):
  Notes receivable from franchisees -- long term portion                                                  32,946             29,242
  Operating rights, net of accumulated amortization of $4,985 at September 29,
   1996 and $5,724 at December 29, 1996 (unaudited)                                                       24,570             23,831
  Loan origination costs                                                                                  10,281             10,008
  Deposits                                                                                                34,121             39,138
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
      Total other assets                                                                                 101,918            102,219
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
      Total assets                                                                                      $885,654         $1,038,128
                                                                                                     ===========        ===========
                             LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Deferred franchise fee                                                                                  $5,000             $5,000
  Notes payable (note 3)                                                                                 193,293            623,678
  Current installments of long-term debt (note 5)                                                         36,715             38,192
  Current installments of obligation under capital leases (note 4)                                        48,141             44,433
  Trade accounts payable                                                                                 208,552            197,359
  Income taxes payable (note 6)                                                                              750                250
  Accrued expenses                                                                                       293,119            309,816
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
      Total current liabilities                                                                          785,570          1,218,728
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
Long-term liabilities:
  Long-term debt, excluding current installments (note 5)                                                332,424            321,577
  Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments (note 4)                               63,450             55,181
  Deferred credits (note 4)                                                                               22,888             27,199
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
      Total liabilities                                                                                1,204,332          1,622,685
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
Stockholders' deficit (notes 5, 7 and 11):
  Preferred stock $.01 par value. Authorized 1,000,000 shares; none issued                                    --                 --
  Common stock $.01 par value. Authorized 9,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding
   1,616,628 shares                                                                                       16,166             16,166
  Additional paid-in capital                                                                             932,025            962,025
  Accumulated deficit                                                                                 (1,266,869)        (1,562,748)
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
      Total stockholders' deficit                                                                       (318,678)          (584,557)
                                                                                                     -----------        -----------
Commitments and contingencies (notes 4 and 11)
      Total liabilities and stockholders' deficit                                                    $   885,654        $ 1,038,128
                                                                                                     ===========        ===========
</TABLE>
    


       See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                    F-3


 
                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                        CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        YEAR ENDED        NINE MONTHS         THREE MONTHS ENDED        
                                                       SEPTEMBER 29,   ENDED OCTOBER 1,    ------------------------ 
                                                        ----------        ----------      December 29,  December 31,
                                                           1996              1995             1996          1995
                                                         ----------        ----------      ----------    ----------
                                                                                                 (Unaudited)
<S>                                                    <C>             <C>                <C>           <C>
   
Income:
   Sales from Company-owned restaurants                 $  2,101,283      $ 1,429,696     $   621,320   $   523,958
   Franchise revenues (note 2)                               97,470            37,466          13,707        56,470
                                                         ----------        ----------      ----------    ----------
       Total income                                       2,198,753         1,467,162         635,027       580,428
                                                         ----------        ----------      ----------    ----------
Costs and expenses:
   Cost of sales                                            884,068           607,995         236,089       240,808
   Restaurant operating expenses                          1,220,888           792,720         409,029       289,069
   General and administrative expenses                      641,879           510,895         191,335       118,890
   Depreciation and amortization                             68,519            43,564          47,306        16,012
                                                         ----------        ----------      ----------    ----------
       Total costs and expenses                           2,815,354         1,955,174         883,759       664,779
                                                         ----------        ----------      ----------    ----------
       Loss from operations                                (616,601)         (488,012)       (248,732)      (84,351)
Other income (expense):
   Interest income                                            6,945             5,207           1,970         1,680
   Interest expense                                         (62,901)          (34,053)        (48,367)      (12,683)
                                                         ----------        ----------      ----------    ----------
       Net loss before income taxes                        (672,557)         (516,858)       (295,129)      (95,354)
Income taxes (note 6)                                           750               500             750           750
                                                         ----------        ----------      ----------    ----------
Net loss                                                $  (673,307)      $  (517,358)    $  (295,879)  $   (96,104)
                                                        ============      ============    ============  ============ 
Loss per share                                           $     (.38)                      $      (.17)  $      (.05)
                                                        ============                      ============  ============ 
Weighted average shares outstanding                       1,775,820                         1,775,820     1,775,820
                                                        ============                      ============  ============ 
Pro forma data -- unaudited (note 12)
Historical net loss as above                            $  (673,307)      $  (517,358)
   Pro forma salary adjustment                              --                (50,000)
                                                        -----------       -----------
       Pro forma net loss                               $  (673,307)      $  (567,358)
                                                        ===========       =========== 
</TABLE>
    


       See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                    F-4



                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            ADDITIONAL                     TOTAL
                                                  PREFERRED      COMMON      PAID-IN     ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                    STOCK         STOCK      CAPITAL       DEFICIT        DEFICIT
                                                  ----------    ---------   ----------   -----------    -----------
<S>                                              <C>            <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>
   
Balance December 31, 1994                        $    --            9,788       43,923       (43,877)         9,834
   Net loss                                           --           --           --          (517,358)      (517,358)
   Dividends and distributions to stockholders        --           --           --           (32,327)       (32,327)
                                                  ----------    ---------   ----------   -----------    -----------
Balance October 1, 1995                               --            9,788       43,923      (593,562)      (539,851)
   Net loss                                           --           --           --          (673,307)      (673,307)
   Issuance of stock                                  --            3,145      891,335       --             894,480
   Five-for-four stock split                          --            3,233       (3,233)      --             --
                                                  ----------    ---------   ----------   -----------    -----------
Balance September 29, 1996                            --           16,166      932,025    (1,266,869)      (318,678)
   Issuance of warrants in connection with bridge 
     financing                                        --           --           30,000       --              30,000
   Net loss                                           --           --           --          (295,879)      (295,879)
                                                  ----------    ---------   ----------   -----------    -----------
Balance December 29, 1996 (unaudited)            $    --           16,166      962,025    (1,562,748)      (584,557)
                                                 ===========    =========   ==========  ============    =========== 
</TABLE>
    


       See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                    F-5



                           CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                   CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          YEAR ENDED       NINE MONTHS        THREE MONTHS ENDED   
                                                                         SEPTEMBER 29,   ENDED OCTOBER 1, --------------------------
                                                                         ------------      ------------   December 29,  December 31,
                                                                            1996              1995           1996           1995
                                                                         ------------     ------------     ----------    ----------
<S>                                                                    <C>             <C>                <C>           <C>
   
                                                                                                                  (Unaudited)
Cash flows from operating activities:
   Net loss                                                               $(673,307)      $(517,358)      $(295,879)       $(96,104)
   Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flow used
     in operating activities:
       Depreciation                                                          63,129          35,868          21,245          13,274
       Amortization                                                           5,390           7,696          26,061           2,737
       Loss on uncollectible notes receivable (note 9)                           --          68,409              --              --
       Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable                             1,361          (3,830)            208         (29,604)
       Increase in inventory                                                (21,111)        (16,173)        (18,936)             --
       Decrease in prepaid expenses                                          41,581          52,388          19,902           3,490
       Increase in preopening costs                                          (1,262)             --              --              --
       Increase in operating rights                                          (1,955)        (27,600)             --          (1,955)
       Increase in deposits                                                  (8,626)        (16,965)         (5,016)         (1,838)
       (Decrease) increase in deferred franchise fee                        (25,000)         30,000              --         (25,000)
       (Decrease) in franchise deposit                                           --              --              --         (15,000)
       (Decrease) increase in accounts payable                              (68,710)        155,301         (14,550)       (206,650)
       Increase in accrued liabilities                                        1,939         206,718          20,227          21,594
       Increase (decrease) in accrued income taxes                              750              --            (500)            750
       Increase in deferred credits                                          12,269           2,601           4,311           1,038
                                                                          ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
          Net cash used in operating activities                            (673,552)        (22,945)       (242,927)       (333,268)
Cash flows from investing activities:
   Capital expenditures                                                    (268,898)       (192,558)        (23,088)        (45,226)
   Loans made on notes receivable                                                --         (15,915)             --              --
   Payments received on notes receivable                                     16,368           8,916           4,159           2,617
                                                                          ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
          Net cash used in investing activities                            (252,530)       (199,557)        (18,929)        (42,609)
Cash flows from financing activities:
   Proceeds from issuance of notes payable                                  207,491          23,865         600,000          49,705
   Principal payments on notes payable                                       (8,573)         (6,871)       (169,816)        (87,500)
   Proceeds from issuance of long term debt                                 350,000         425,000              --              --
   Principal payments on long-term debt                                    (431,243)       (173,955)         (9,341)           (627)
   Principal payments on capital lease obligations                          (28,014)         (9,847)        (11,978)         (3,234)
   Stockholder distributions                                                     --         (32,327)             --              --
   Proceeds from issuance of stock, net                                     894,480              --              --         420,648
   Increase in prepaid initial public offering costs                        (41,440)             --         (87,248)             --
   Debt issuance costs                                                      (10,918)         (4,825)        (60,143)             --
                                                                          ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
          Net cash provided by financing activities                         931,783         221,040         261,474         378,992
   Increase (decrease) in cash                                                5,701          (1,462)           (382)          3,115
   Cash at beginning of period                                                   (6)          1,456           5,695              (6)
                                                                          ---------       ---------       ---------       ---------
   Cash at end of period                                                  $   5,695       $      (6)      $   5,313       $   3,109
                                                                          =========       =========       =========       =========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
   Interest paid                                                          $  57,270       $  34,053       $  24,104       $  11,941
                                                                          =========       =========       =========       =========
Income taxes paid                                                         $     250       $     500       $   1,250       $      --
                                                                          =========       =========       =========       =========
Noncash financing and investing activities:
    

  Capital  lease  obligations  of $102,393 and $32,738 were incurred in 1996 and
1995,  respectively,  when the Company entered into leases for new machinery and
equipment.

  In connection with the issuance of notes payable,  the Company issued warrants
with a value of $30,000.
</TABLE>
       See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                    F-6


                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS


(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 (a) Description of Business

    Cafe La France,  Inc. (the Company) operates  Company-owned  restaurants and
sells  franchise  rights to operate  restaurants  through  its two  wholly-owned
subsidiaries  (note 7c).  As of  September  29,  1996 and  October 1, 1995,  the
Company  had  ten  Company-owned  restaurants  and  seven  and  five  franchised
restaurants, respectively, the majority of which are located in the Rhode Island
area.

 (b) Franchise Revenues

    Franchise agreements are executed for each franchised restaurant and provide
the terms of the franchise  arrangement  between the Company and the franchisee.
The   franchise   agreement   requires  the   franchisee   to  pay  an  initial,
non-refundable  franchise fee plus continuing  royalties based upon a percentage
of  restaurant  sales.  Other  fees  may  be  charged  to  cover  the  costs  of
advertising,  audit  and  accounting  fees,  transfer  fees  and  training.  The
franchisor  is  obligated  to  provide  initial  training  and other  management
services such as menu selections,  provision of supplier contacts,  and the non-
exclusive use of the trademark within an exclusive  territory as mutually agreed
upon by the franchisor and franchisee as governed by the franchise agreement.

    Initial  franchise fees are recognized as revenue when the Company  performs
substantially  all initial services required by the franchise  agreement,  which
generally  occurs shortly after  restaurant  opening.  Continuing  royalties are
recognized as earned with an appropriate  provision for estimated  uncollectible
amounts.  Initial  franchise fees received  applicable to restaurants  for which
substantially all initial services required by the franchise  agreement have not
been  performed  are  recorded as deferred  franchise  fees in the  accompanying
balance sheet.

    Deferred initial franchise fees that are expected to be recognized within 12
months of the balance sheet date are  classified as current  portion of deferred
franchise fees in the accompanying balance sheet.

 (c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

    Cash and cash  equivalents  include  all cash  balances  and  highly  liquid
investments purchased with a maturity to the Company of three months or less.

 (d) Inventories

    Inventories  are stated at the lower of cost or market.  Cost is  determined
using the first-in, first-out method.

 (e) Operating Rights

    Operating  rights,  which  represent the excess of purchase  price over fair
value of net assets  acquired,  are amortized on a  straight-line  basis over 10
years. The Company  periodically  assesses the recoverability of this intangible
asset by determining  whether the  amortization of the operating  rights balance
over its remaining life can be recovered through  undiscounted  future operating
cash flows of the acquired operation. The amount of operating rights impairment,
if any, is measured based on projected future operating cash flows discounted at
a  rate   commensurate   with  the  risks   involved.   The  assessment  of  the
recoverability  of the  operating  rights will be impacted if  estimated  future
operating cash flows are not achieved.

                                    F-7



                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

 (f) Preopening Costs

    Direct, incremental restaurant pre-opening costs, comprised primarily of the
cost of hiring and training restaurant employees, are amortized over the initial
12 months of a restaurant's operations.

 (g) Property and Equipment

    Property and equipment are stated at cost.  Depreciation  is computed  using
the  straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful  lives of the  respective
assets for financial reporting purposes. Leasehold improvements are amortized on
a  straight-line  basis over the lesser of the remaining  lease term,  including
renewal periods when the Company  intends to exercise  renewal  options,  or the
estimated useful life of the asset.

 (h) Advertising and Promotion

    Expenses  Advertising  costs are expensed  during the year in which they are
incurred. Promotion costs are expensed over the period of the promotional event.
Advertising  expense was $5,953 and $7,092 for the year ended September 29, 1996
and the nine month  period  ended  October 1, 1995,  respectively.  Included  in
prepaid assets at September 29, 1996 is $12,902 of printed promotional brochures
used in on-going promotional programs.

 (i) Income Taxes

    Income  taxes are  accounted  for under  the  asset  and  liability  method.
Deferred  tax  assets  and   liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax
consequences   attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement
carrying  amounts of existing assets and  liabilities  and their  respective tax
bases and operating loss and tax credit  carryforwards.  Deferred tax assets and
liabilities  are measured  using enacted tax rates  expected to apply to taxable
income in the years in which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected to be
recovered  or settled.  The effect on deferred tax assets and  liabilities  of a
change in tax rates is  recognized  in income in the period  that  includes  the
enactment date.

    Prior to October 2, 1995,  each of the existing legal  entities  included in
the  Company  had  elected  those   provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue  code
(Subchapter  S) and state laws which provide for the income of the Company to be
taxed at the  stockholder  level.  During  the period  ended  October 1, 1995 no
income tax  expense or benefit  was  recorded  by the  Company  other than state
minimum tax.

 (j) Loss Per Share


    Loss per share for the year ended September 29, 1996 is based on the average
number of shares of common stock and common stock equivalents outstanding, using
the treasury  stock  method,  during the year after giving effect to a 290-for-1
stock  exchange  in  connection  with  a  merger  on  October  25,  1996  and  a
five-for-four stock split to be effected as a dividend declared on March 6, 1997
(note 7c).  Common stock  equivalents  include shares  issuable upon exercise of
outstanding  stock  options and  warrants.  In  addition,  pursuant to SEC Staff
Accounting  Bulletin 83,  common stock  options and warrants  granted and shares
issued during the 12 months  immediately  preceding the offering date at a price
below the proposed  offering price of the Company's  initial public offering are
reflected in the earnings per share  calculation as if they had been outstanding
for the full year (using the  treasury  stock  method and the  proposed  initial
public  offering  price).  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,   common  stock
equivalents totaled 159,192 incremental shares under the treasury stock method.

    Weighted average shares  outstanding used in the loss per share  calculation
were 1,775,820.


                                    F-8



                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(1) SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES -- (CONTINUED)

 (k) Use of Estimates

    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  of the  Company  to make
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets and
liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  liabilities  at  the  date  of the
financial  statements and the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses  during
the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 (l) Fiscal Periods

    Prior to October 2, 1995,  the Company's  financial  reporting was done on a
calendar basis.  Effective  October 2, 1995, the Company changed to a 52/53-week
fiscal year comprised of four thirteen-week periods ending the Sunday closest to
September 30.

(2) FRANCHISE FEE REVENUE


    Franchise revenues consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       
                                                                       
                                                                       
                                                     NINE MONTHS        THREE MONTHS ENDED  
                                      YEAR ENDED        ENDED           -------------------- 
                                    SEPTEMBER 29,     OCTOBER 1,     December 29,    December 31,   
                                         1996            1995            1996            1995
                                    -------------    ------------    ------------    ------------
<S>                                                  <C>             <C>            <C>
                                                                               (Unaudited)
Initial franchise fees              $       45,000    $    15,000   $  --           $     45,000
Royalty revenue                             52,470         22,466         13,707          11,470
                                     -------------    -----------   ------------    ------------
   Total                            $       97,470    $    37,466   $     13,707    $     56,470
                                    ==============    ===========   ============    =============
</TABLE>

    The associated franchise  receivables included within accounts receivable in
the accompanying balance sheets are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SEPTEMBER 29,     DECEMBER 29,
                                                                 1996              1996
                                                             ------------    ---------------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>              <C>
Royalty receivables                                         $       17,660   $     18,996
Less allowance for doubtful accounts                                10,000         11,500
                                                             -------------   ------------ 
                                                            $        7,660   $      7,496
                                                            ==============   ============
</TABLE>


(3) NOTES PAYABLE

    The Company has short-term notes payable outstanding of $123,477 relating to
the purchase of various equipment and leasehold improvements.  Interest rates on
these  notes  range  from  10%-15%,  and  they  are all due  within  one year of
September  29,  1996.  The  Company  also has an amount  outstanding  of $69,816
relating to an unsecured promissory note. Interest on this note is 15%. The note
is due the  earlier  of  March  19,  1997,  or ten  days  after  the  successful
completion of an initial public offering by the Company (note 11).

(4) LEASES

    The Company  leases certain  equipment  under capital  leases.  The economic
substance of the leases is that the Company is financing the  acquisition of the
assets  through the leases,  and  accordingly,  it is recorded in the  Company's
assets and  liabilities.  The amount shown as property and equipment is $153,543
with related accumulated depreciation of $29,575.

                                    F-9




                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(4) LEASES -- (CONTINUED)

    The  Company  leases  several  restaurant   facilities  under  noncancelable
operating  leases.  These leases  generally  contain renewal options for periods
ranging from 5 to 15 years and require the Company to pay  executory  costs such
as  maintenance  and  insurance.  Rent expense for operating  leases  aggregated
$259,445 and $180,943 for the year ended September 29, 1996 and the period ended
October 1, 1995, respectively.

    Future  minimum lease  payments under  noncancelable  operating  leases with
initial  or  remaining  lease  terms in  excess of one year and  future  minimum
capital lease payments as of September 29, 1996 are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           CAPITAL         OPERATING
YEAR ENDING:                                                               LEASES           LEASES
- --------------                                                          -------------    -------------
<S>                                                                    <C>              <C>
  1997                                                                 $       60,186   $      283,308
  1998                                                                         49,346          260,749
  1999                                                                         22,947          205,203
  2000                                                                       --                183,291
  2001                                                                       --                176,676
  Thereafter                                                                 --                870,262
                                                                        -------------    -------------
       Total minimum lease payments                                           132,479   $    1,979,489
                                                                        -------------    -------------
  Less amount representing interest                                            20,888
                                                                        -------------
  Present value of minimum capital lease payments                             111,591
  Less current installments of obligations under capital leases                48,141
                                                                        -------------
  Obligations under capital leases, excluding current installments     $       63,450
                                                                       ============== 
</TABLE>

    Deferred  credits in the accompanying  balance sheet represent  accruals for
escalating rental payments on operating leases.

(5) LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt at September 29, 1996 consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 <S>                                                                                 <C>
 Term loan payable to bank, secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company,
   with monthly principal payments through February 2006, interest at the prime rate
   plus 2.75%                                                                            $       342,923
 Installment note secured by equipment, payable in monthly installments through March
   1998 at an interest rate of 15%                                                                14,560
 Installment note secured by vehicle, payable in monthly installments through February
   1999 at an interest rate of 9.99%                                                              11,656
                                                                                            ------------
    Total long-term debt                                                                         369,139
    Less: current installments                                                                    36,715
                                                                                           -------------
    Long-term debt, excluding current installments                                       $       332,424
                                                                                         =============== 
</TABLE>

    The prime rate at September 29, 1996 was 8.25%.

    The term loan  payable  to bank  contains  restrictions  on the  payment  of
dividends without the bank's prior written consent.

    The  aggregate  maturities  of  long-term  debt for  each of the five  years
subsequent  to  September  29,  1996 are as follows:  1997 --  $36,715;  1998 --
$35,501;  1999 -- $29,492;  2000 -- $30,706;  2001 --  $30,304;  and  thereafter
$206,421.

                                   F-10



                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(6) INCOME TAXES

    Effective  October 2, 1995,  the Company  adopted  FASB  Statement  No. 109,
Accounting  for Income  Taxes.  Prior to October 2, 1995,  each of the  existing
legal  entities  included in the Company had  elected  those  provisions  of the
Internal Revenue code (Subchapter S) and state laws which provide for the income
of the Company to be taxed at the stockholder  level. The Company terminated the
S  corporation  elections  as of October 2, 1995,  and is subject to federal and
state income taxes.  Management  anticipates the filing of consolidated  federal
and state returns. The income tax provision is based on consolidated filings.

    The provision for income taxes attributed to earnings before income tax are:





<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                                           
                                                          NINE MONTHS       THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           YEAR ENDED        ENDED          ------------------
                                         SEPTEMBER 29,    OCTOBTER 1,    December 29, December 31,
                                              1996           1995            1996         1995
                                         -------------   ------------       -------    --------- 
<S>                                       <C>             <C>               <C>       <C>
                                                                                (Unaudited)
Current:
   Federal                               $  --            $  --            $  --          $ --
   State                                   750              500              750           750
                                          ----             ----             ----          ----
                                           750              500              750           750
                                          ====             ====             ====          ====
Deferred:                                                                                
   Federal                                  --               --               --            --
   State                                    --               --               --            --
                                          ----             ----             ----          ----
                                          ----             ----             ----          ----
       Total Provision                    $750             $500             $750          $750
                                          ====             ====             ====          ====
</TABLE>


    A reconciliation of the statutory United States federal income tax
rate to the Company's effective income tax rate is as follows:


 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      
                                                                                      
                                                                                      
                                                                     NINE MONTHS      THREE MONTHS ENDED 
                                                      YEAR ENDED        ENDED         ------------------   
                                                    SEPTEMBER 29,    OCTOBER 1,    December 29,    December 31,
                                                         1996           1995           1996            1995
                                                    -------------   ------------   ------------    ------------
<S>                                                                 <C>            <C>             <C>
                                                                                             (Unaudited)
Federal statutory income tax rate                              34%            34%            34%             34%
State income taxes, net of Federal benefit               --              --             --              --
Effect of S corporation elections                        --                  (34)       --                  (34)
Valuation reserve                                             (34)       --                 (34)        --
                                                    -------------   ------------   ------------    ------------
Effective tax rate                                       --              --             --              --
                                                    =============   =============  =============   =============
</TABLE>

    All earnings of the Company  before tax are from domestic  sources.  The tax
effect of temporary  differences  that give rise to significant  portions of the
deferred tax assets and liabilities are:


 <TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                SEPTEMBER 29,    DECEMBER 29,
                                                                    1996             1996
                                                                -------------    -------------
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>
                                                                                    (Unaudited)
Assets:
   Deferred rent expense                                       $        5,276  $        7,130
   Settlement reserve                                                   6,267            4,977
   Bad debt reserve                                                     8,170            8,815
   Net operating loss carry-forwards                                  339,543          473,391
                                                                -------------    -------------
   Gross deferred tax assets                                          359,256          494,313
   Less valuation reserve                                             320,714          447,875
                                                                -------------    -------------
   Net deferred tax assets                                             38,542           46,438
Liabilities:
   Excess tax depreciation                                             28,486           36,130
   Conversion from accrued to cash basis for tax purposes              10,056           10,308
                                                                -------------    -------------
   Gross deferred tax liability                                        38,542           46,438
                                                                -------------    -------------
   Net deferred tax asset                                      $      --        $      --
                                                               ==============   =============== 
</TABLE>


                                   F-11





                           CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
         NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(6) INCOME TAXES -- (CONTINUED)

    At  September  29, 1996  deferred  tax assets and  non-current  deferred tax
liabilities  were $0. The valuation  reserve  against gross  deferred tax assets
increased  by $320,714 for the year ended  September  29,  1996.  The  valuation
reserve at September 29, 1996 is $320,714. (Continued)

    Unused net operating loss of  approximately  $780,000 will expire  primarily
during fiscal year end September  2011 and September  2001 for federal and state
purposes, respectively.

(7) STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 (a) Sale of Common Stock


    During fiscal year 1996 the Company sold 1,085  (393,189 after effect of the
reorganization  and stock  split  (note 7c))  shares of common  stock of Cafe la
france,  Inc. as part of a private  offering,  for  proceeds  net of expenses of
$894,480.


 (b) Preferred Stock

    The Company has 2,000 authorized shares of preferred stock at a par value of
$.01. No shares were issued and outstanding at September 29, 1996. In connection
with the  reorganization  (note 7c) the Company  authorized  1,000,000 shares of
preferred stock.


 (c) Reorganization and Stock Split

    Effective October 25, 1996, Cafe la france,  Inc. a Rhode Island corporation
owning 100% of CLF2, Inc. and CLF Franchise Corporation, the Company's operating
subsidiaries,  was merged with Cafe La France, Inc., a Delaware corporation.  On
that date, each share of the stock in the Rhode Island corporation was exchanged
for  290  shares  of  common  stock  of  Cafe  La  France,  Inc.,  the  Delaware
corporation.  On March 6, 1997, the Company declared a five-for-four stock split
to be effected as a dividend.  Except for the common stock balance at October 1,
1995 and  prior,  all share and per share  data  presented  in the  accompanying
consolidated  financial  statements  have been restated to reflect the increased
number of authorized and outstanding shares of common stock.


 (d) Warrants

    In  connection  with the bridge  financing  (note 11) the  Company  issued a
warrant to purchase  shares of common stock with each  financing  unit sold. The
number of shares to be received  under the warrant is determined by dividing 75%
of the amount of each note by the price per share of common stock offered to the
public in an initial public offering.  Each warrant shall become exercisable for
a period of 60 days commencing  thirteen months after the successful  completion
of an initial  public  offering  of common  stock by the  Company at an exercise
price of $.01 per share.

 (e) Stock Option Plans


    In September  1996 the Board of Directors  and  shareholders  established  a
qualified  Employee Stock Option Plan (the Plan) which provides for a maximum of
500,000  shares of common stock  options to be granted to  employees.  Incentive
stock  options to  purchase  79,025  shares at $2.76 per share (the fair  market
value at date of grant)  have been  granted to  employees  under the Plan (after
effect of stock  split (note 7c)).  The options  vest over a three year  period.
Under the Plan, no options are  exercisable  for a period of more than ten years
after date of grant. No options are exercisable at September 29, 1996.

    The Company has also issued 72,500 non-qualified  options to purchase shares
at $2.76 per share (the fair market value at date of grant) to two  non-employee
consultants in connection with a private placement  offering made by the Company
during  1996  (after  effect of stock  split  (note  7c)).  The  options  vested
immediately. No options have been exercised at September 29, 1996.


                                   F-12




                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

(8) FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    The carrying values of the Company's  long-term debt approximates their fair
values based on current  interest rates of similar  instruments and the majority
of the long-term debt fluctuating with the prime rate of interest.  The carrying
values of the  Company's  other  financial  instruments  at September  29, 1996,
including cash, accounts receivable, other current assets, accounts payable, and
accrued expenses approximate their fair values because of their short maturity.

(9) RELATED PARTY TRANSACTION

    During 1995 the Company held a note  receivable  from a former  president of
the  Company.  The  note  receivable  in  the  amount  of  $37,772,  was  deemed
uncollectible and included as general and  administrative  expenses for the nine
months ended  October 1, 1995.  The Company also had notes  receivable  from two
franchisees,  totaling  $30,637,  that were deemed  uncollectible  and  expensed
during the nine months ended October 1, 1995.

(10) DEPENDENCE ON SUPPLIERS

    The  Company  purchases  all of its  coffee  products  and  most of its food
products from three main suppliers. The Company does not have any written supply
agreements  with  any  of its  suppliers.  Although  the  Company  believes  its
suppliers have sufficient capacity to meet any increase in demand resulting from
the Company's growth strategy,  a disruption in supply or degradation in quality
could have an adverse impact on the Company's business and financial results.

(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

   
    Subsequent to September 29, 1996, the Company obtained financing in the form
of unsecured promissory notes amounting to $154,063, bearing interest at 15% per
annum.  The notes were due upon the  earlier of (i) six months  from the date of
the note, or (ii) ten days after the successful  completion of an initial public
offering  of  common  stock by the  Company.  The note  payable  of  $69,816  at
September  29, 1996 (note 3) as well as the notes  amounting  to  $154,063  were
prepaid without penalty with a portion of the proceeds of a bridge  financing in
the amount of $600,000  closed by the Company in October and November  1996. The
bridge financing consisted of units of subordinated,  unsecured promissory notes
in the principal amount of $25,000 each, bearing interest at the rate of 12% per
annum, and a non-transferable  warrant  exercisable for that number of shares of
the Company's common stock determined by dividing 75% of the amount of each note
by the price per share of the Company's common stock offered to the public in an
initial  public  offering of common  stock by the  Company.  The  principal  and
interest  payable  under the notes are payable  upon the earlier of (i) one year
from the date of each note, or (ii) ten days after the successful  completion of
a firm commitment  initial public  offering of common stock by the Company.  The
warrants were valued at $30,000 and the  associated  original  issue discount of
the notes are being amortized to interest expense.
    

    On November 30, 1996,the Company revoked the franchise license of one of its
franchisees.  The Company is currently  operating the  location.  On December 1,
1996, the Company closed its  commissary.  The  commissary  derived  revenue and
incurred expenses primarily from the sale of food to franchises and intercompany
food sales and  purchasing.  Company  owned  restaurants  and  franchisees  will
purchase  food  products  from Cafe La France  approved  vendors  based  upon an
approved  product  listing on a go forward basis.  On March 1, 1997, the Company
owned store  adjacent to the  commissary  was  franchised by the Company and the
entire space  occupied by the store and  commissary was subleased by the Company
to a franchisee.


                                   F-13





                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


(11) SUBSEQUENT EVENTS -- (CONTINUED)

    On December 13, 1996,  the  President of the Company  entered into an escrow
agreement  whereby if the Company does not meet or exceed  specific net earnings
goals  in  fiscal  years  1998,  1999  and  2000,  300,000  shares  owned by the
president, which are currently in escrow, will be permanently transferred to the
Company for a price of $.01 per share.  In connection with the termination of an
agreement  with an  underwriter  regarding  an initial  public  offering  by the
Company, the escrow agreement required by the former underwriter was terminated.
On March 5, 1997, the shares were returned to the President of the Company.

    On February 11, 1997, the Company received  notification from an underwriter
of the  termination  of an  agreement  with the  Company to  undertake a role as
managing  underwriter in a proposed initial public offering of the Company.   In
connection   with  this   termination,   the   Company  is  liable  for  certain
out-of-pocket  expenses  incurred  by the  former  underwriter,  which  are  not
considered material. 

    On February 21, 1997, the Company  entered into an operating lease agreement
for a  restaurant  facility.  The lease term  commences  upon the  eviction of a
current  tenant and  performance  of certain  renovations to the property by the
lessor and continues through January 31, 2008 with a minimum annual base rent of
$83,320. In the event the lessor is unable to complete the above requirements on
or before  September 1, 1997, the Company and lessor have the right to terminate
the lease upon thirty days prior written notice to the other party.

    On March 4, 1997,  CLF 2, Inc. a wholly  owned  subsidiary  of the  Company,
entered  into a loan  agreement  with a third  party in the  amount of  $165,000
inclusive of interest. This loan is collateralized by a security interest in the
Company's assets used in one of its stores and the rights to operate a franchise
at such  location,  and a limited  guaranty  from the  President  of the Company
secured  by a pledge of an amount of his stock in the  Company.  In the event of
default,  the lender will be entitled to enter into a franchise  agreement  with
CLF Franchise  Corporation,  also a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company,  for
operation of a franchise at the store location  offered as  collateral,  and the
Company  will waive the $15,000  initial  franchise  fee for this  location.  In
connection  with this  agreement,  CLF Franchise  Corporation has also agreed to
waive the  applicable  $15,000  initial  franchise  fee for one other  franchise
location  that is opened by the lender  prior to March 4, 1998.  In February and
March  1997,  the  Company   obtained  two  short  term  unsecured   loans  from
non-affiliates  aggregating $20,000 in principal and interest at the rate of 12%
per annum, which notes are due 90 days from their respective dates of issuance.

(12) PRO FORMA ADJUSTMENT TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    A pro forma adjustment has been made to the results of the nine months ended
October 1, 1995 to reflect additional compensation expense which would be deemed
to be paid to the President of the Company for that year.

(13) LIQUIDITY

    The  Company's   consolidated   financial  statements  for  the  year  ended
September  29,  1996,  have  been  prepared  on  a  going  concern  basis  which
contemplates  the  realization of assets and the  settlement of liabilities  and
commitments in the normal course of business. The Company incurred a net loss of
$673,307 for the year ended  September 29, 1996, and had an accumulated  deficit
of  $1,266,869  at September  29, 1996.  The Company also had a working  capital
deficit at  September  29,  1996 of  $640,351.  Management  recognizes  that the
Company must  generate  additional  resources or consider  modifications  to its
current  business or other  reductions  in its  operating  costs to enable it to
continue  operations  with available  resources.  Management's  plans include an
initial  public   offering  of  the  Company's


                                      F-14


                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)



(13) LIQUIDITY -- (CONTINUED)

common stock.  During February 1997,  management has made reductions in overhead
costs and has entered into agreements  with certain  employees to defer salaries
until such time that the  Company  completes  a  successful  public  offering or
achieves  profitability.  However,  no assurances  can be given that the Company
will be  successful  in raising  additional  capital,  or obtaining  substantial
increased  profitability  from its  existing  ten Company  owned cafes and seven
franchise  cafes.  If the  Company  is  unable  to  obtain  adequate  additional
financing or substantially increase profitability of its cafes,  management will
be required to sharply curtail the Company's overhead structure.


                                   F-15





                         INSIDE BACK COVER INFORMATION

              THREE COLOR PHOTOS DEPICTING INTERIOR STORE LOCATION;
          CAFE LA FRANCE LOGO; AND CAFE LA FRANCE PROMOTIONAL MATERIAL.








================================================================================




    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON  OR OTHER  PERSON HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED  TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  OTHER THAN THOSE  CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH INFORMATION OR  REPRESENTATIONS  MUST NOT
BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY OF THE UNDERWRITERS
OR ANY OTHER PERSON.  THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A
SOLICITATION  OF  AN  OFFER  TO  BUY  ANY  SECURITIES:   (I)  OTHER  THAN  THOSE
SPECIFICALLY  OFFERED  HEREBY,  (II) IN ANY  JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER OR
SOLICITATION  IS NOT AUTHORIZED,  (III) IN ANY  JURISDICTION IN WHICH THE PERSON
MAKING SUCH OFFER OR  SOLICITATION IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO SO, (IV) TO ANY PERSON
TO WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION IN SUCH  JURISDICTION,
OR (V) TO ANY PERSON WHO IS NOT A UNITED  STATES  RESIDENT OR WHO IS OUTSIDE THE
JURISDICTION  OF THE UNITED STATES.  NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR
ANY SALE HEREUNDER SHALL UNDER ANY  CIRCUMSTANCES  CREATE ANY  IMPLICATION  THAT
THERE HAS BEEN NO CHANGE IN THE AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY  SINCE THE DATE HEREOF OR
THAT THE INFORMATION  HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE AS
OF WHICH SUCH INFORMATION IS PROVIDED IN THIS PROSPECTUS.

                                ----------------

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE 
<S>                                                                           <C>
Prospectus Summary                                                             3 
Risk Factors                                                                   6 
The Company                                                                   11 
Use of Proceeds                                                               12 
Dividend Policy                                                               13 
Dilution                                                                      14 
Selected Consolidated Financial Data                                          15 
Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
  Financial Condition and Results of 
  Operations                                                                  16 
Business                                                                      24 
Management                                                                    34 
Certain Transactions                                                          39 
Principal Stockholders                                                        40 
Description of Securities                                                     41 
Shares Available for Future Sale                                              43 
Underwriting                                                                  44 
Legal Matters                                                                 45 
Experts                                                                       45 
Additional Information                                                        45 
Index to Financial Statements                                               F-1 
</TABLE>

    UNTIL , 1997 (90  CALENDAR  DAYS  AFTER  THE DATE OF THIS  PROSPECTUS),  ALL
DEALERS  EFFECTING  TRANSACTIONS  IN THE SHARES OFFERED  HEREBY,  WHETHER OR NOT
PARTICIPATING  IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.
THIS DELIVERY REQUIREMENT IS IN ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER
A  PROSPECTUS  WHEN  ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH  RESPECT TO THEIR  UNSOLD
ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.



                                     [LOGO)


                     UP TO 1,125,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK








                                   ----------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                   ----------







                                     [LOGO)


                                          , 1997 




================================================================================




                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 24. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 

    Section 145 of the Delaware  General  Corporation Law (the "DGCL") affords a
Delaware corporation the power to indemnify its present and former directors and
officers under certain conditions.  Article Twelfth of the Company's Certificate
of Incorporation  provides that any person made a party to or otherwise involved
in any action, suit or proceeding,  whether civil,  criminal,  administrative or
investigative  (hereinafter,  a  "proceeding"),  by reason of the fact that such
person is or was a director or officer of the  Company,  or is or was serving at
the request of the Company as a director,  officer, employee or agent of another
corporation,  partnership,  joint venture,  trust or other enterprise,  shall be
indemnified and held harmless by the Company to the fullest extent authorized by
the DGCL against all expense,  liability and loss, provided,  however,  that the
Company shall  indemnify such person in any proceeding  initiated by such person
only if such  proceeding  was  authorized by the  Directors of the Company.  The
right of indemnification described herein includes the right to be paid expenses
incurred  in  defending  any  proceeding  in advance  of its final  disposition,
provided  that such  person,  if required by the DGCL,  undertakes  to repay all
amounts  advanced if it shall be  ultimately  determined  that such  director or
officer is not entitled to be indemnified under Article Twelfth or otherwise.

    Section  102(b)(7)  of the DGCL  gives a Delaware  corporation  the power to
adopt a charter  provision  eliminating  or limiting the  personal  liability of
directors to the corporation or its stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as
directors, provided that such provision may not eliminate or limit the liability
of  directors  for (i) any  breach  of the  director's  duty of  loyalty  to the
corporation or its stockholders, (ii) any acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law, (iii) any
payment of a dividend  or  approval of a stock  purchase  that is illegal  under
Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived
an improper  personal benefit.  Article Twelfth of the Company's  Certificate of
Incorporation  states that to the maximum extent permitted by Section  102(b)(7)
of the DGCL,  no  director  of the  Company  shall be  personally  liable to the
Company or its stockholders for monetary damages  resulting from such director's
breach of  fiduciary  duty as a director of the  Company,  except for  liability
involving  one of the four  exceptions  described in (i) through (iv) above.  In
addition,  the Certificate of Incorporation provides that if the DGCL is amended
to  authorize  the further  limitation  or  elimination  of the  liability  of a
director,  then the liability of the directors shall be eliminated or limited to
the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.

    Section  145 of the DGCL also  affords a Delaware  corporation  the power to
obtain  insurance on behalf of its  directors and officers  against  liabilities
incurred  by  them  in  those  capacities.  Article  Twelfth  of  the  Company's
Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Company may maintain insurance to
protect the Company and its directors and officers against expenses, liabilities
and losses  whether or not the Company  would have the power to  indemnify  such
person against such expense, liability or loss under the DGCL.

    Reference is also made to of the Underwriting  Agreement between the Company
and the Underwriter,  filed as Exhibit 1 to this Registration  Statement,  for a
description  of  indemnification   arrangements  between  the  Company  and  the
Underwriter.




                                      II-1




ITEM 25. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION 

    The following  table sets forth the various  expenses in connection with the
sale  and  distribution  of the  securities  being  registered  other  than  the
underwriting  discounts and commissions.  All amounts shown are estimates except
the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the NASD filing fee and
the NASDAQ listing application fee:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                ITEM                                     AMOUNT 
<S>                                                                    <C>
SEC registration fee                                                   $   4,440
NASD filing fee                                                        $   1,965
NASDAQ listing application fee(1)                                      $   1,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses                                             $  22,500
Printing and engraving expenses(2)                                     $  40,000
Accounting fees and expenses                                           $  25,000
Legal fees and expenses                                                $ 160,000
Transfer agent and registrar fee                                       $   1,000
Expenses of prior underwriter(1)                                       $  25,000
Miscellaneous                                                          $  19,095
                                                                       ---------
   Total                                                               $ 300,000
                                                                       =========
    

</TABLE>

(1) Paid by  the Company in December 1996 when the Offering was structured as  a
    "Firm Commitment" offering. See "UNDERWRITING." 

(2) Includes Edgar filing service charges. 
   
(3) Includes up to $12,000 of accountable expenses payable to the Underwriter.
    

ITEM 26. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES 


    During the past  three  years,  the  following  securities  were sold by the
Registrant without registration under the Securities Act:

        (a)  During  1996,  the  Company  completed  a private  offering  of 12%
    promissory  notes (the  "Notes") and common  stock  purchase  warrants  (the
    "Bridge  Warrants") to 13 accredited  investors.  The Bridge Warrants become
    exercisable  for $.01 per share for a period of 60 days  beginning 13 months
    after the successful  completion of this Offering.  The Bridge  Warrants are
    exercisable  for a total of 112,500  shares of Common  Stock in the Company.
    The  Company has agreed to file a  registration  statement  to register  the
    resale of the shares  acquirable upon exercise of the Bridge  Warrants.  The
    Bridge Warrants are  nontransferable  and, prior to exercise,  do not confer
    upon  their  holders  any  voting  or other  rights as  stockholders  of the
    Company.

   
        (b) On various  dates  between  October 6, 1995 and July 22,  1996,  the
    Company  issued  a  total  of  999.66  shares  (the  equivalent  of  362,384
    post-Reorganization  shares  of  Company  Common  Stock)  for  an  aggregate
    purchase price of $1,000,000.
    

        (c)  On  October  25,  1996,  Cafe  La  France,  Inc.,  a  Rhode  Island
    corporation  and  holder of all of the  outstanding  stock of the  Company's
    operating  subsidiaries,  was merged with and into the Company in a tax-free
    reorganization  pursuant to the  provisions  of Section 368 of the  Internal
    Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Reorganization").  In connection with
    the   Reorganization,   each  existing   stockholder  in  the  Rhode  Island
    corporation  received  290 shares of Common Stock in the Company in exchange
    for each outstanding  share of common stock of the Rhode Island  corporation
    owned thereby.


                                      II-2






        (d) On October 2, 1995, Mr. DeJordy  contributed  all of the outstanding
    stock of the Company's operating subsidiaries,  CLF2, Inc. and CLF Franchise
    Corporation,  to the Company in exchange for 3,375 shares (the equivalent of
    1,223,438 post-Reorganization shares) of Common Stock of the Company.

    The  issuances  described  in Item  26(a)  were  made in  reliance  upon the
exemption from  registration  set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, and Regulation D thereunder, relating to sale of securities by
an issuer not involving  any public  offering.  The issuances  described in Item
26(b)  were  made in  reliance  upon the  exemption  under  Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act relating to the sale of securities by an issuer not involving any
public  offering and Rule 504 of Regulation D promulgated  thereunder  and under
Section 3(b) of the Securities  Act. The exchanges  described  under Items 26(c)
and (d) did not involve "sales" subject to the registration  requirements of the
Securities Act.

ITEM 27. EXHIBITS 

    The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration 
Statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, pursuant to Item 
601 of Regulation S-B. All exhibits refer to the Company unless otherwise 
indicated. 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
 EXHIBIT 
   NO.                                           TITLE 
 -------                                         -----
   <S>           <C>
     1           -- Form of Underwriting Agreement and Selected Dealer Agreement 
    +2           -- Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization 
    +3.1         -- Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware
                    Secretary of State on September 25, 1996 
    +3.2         -- By-Laws of the Company 
     4.1         -- Specimen Common Stock Certificate 
    +4.2         -- Form of Underwriter's Share Purchase Option 
    +4.5         -- Form of Bridge Warrant registration right (See Exhibit 10.16) 
    +4.6         -- Relevant portion of Article II and VII of By-Laws (included 
                    in Exhibit 3.2) 
     5.1         -- Opinion of Duffy & Sweeney regarding the legality of the
                    securities offered 
   +10.1         -- 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan 
   +10.2         -- Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 1996 Incentive 
                    Stock Option Plan 
   +10.3         -- Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Company and
                    Robert G. King dated 
                    November 1, 1996 
   +10.4         -- Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement 
   +10.5         -- Employment Agreement with Thomas W. DeJordy dated November 1,
                    1996, as amended on February 1, 1997 
   +10.6         -- Employment Agreement with Robert G. King dated November 1, 
                    1996, as amended on February 1, 1997 
   +10.7         -- Standard Form of Store Franchise Agreement 
   +10.8         -- Loan Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between the Company
                    and Home Loan and Investment Bank ("Home Loan") 
   +10.9         -- $350,000 Term Promissory Note dated February 28, 1996 issued
                    to Home Loan 
  +10.10         -- Security Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between the
                    Company and Home Loan 
  +10.11         -- Guaranty of CLF Franchise Corporation and CLF2, Inc. 
  +10.12         -- Security Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between Home Loan
                    and CLF2, Inc. 
  +10.13         -- Security Agreement dated 2/28/96 between Home Loan and CLF 
                    Franchise Corporation 
    


                                      II-3






   
  +10.14         -- Letter Agreement of Home Loan dated October 23, 1996
                    consenting to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and
                    Reorganization (See Exhibit 2 above) 
  +10.15         -- Form of 12% Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Note dated 
                    October 31, 1996 and 
                    November 15, 1996 evidencing $600,000 bridge loans to the
                    Company made on such  dates 
  +10.16         -- Form of Non-Transferable Common Stock Purchase Warrants,
                    issued to purchasers of unsecured promissory notes dated
                    October 31, 1996 and November 15, 1996 
  +10.17         -- $165,000 Promissory Note of CLF2, Inc. dated March 5, 1996 
  +10.18         -- Security Agreement of CLF2, Inc. dated March 5, 1996 
  +10.19         -- Guaranty of Company dated March 5, 1997 
  +10.20         -- Letter Agreement of Home Loan consenting to $165,000 Note
                    (See Exhibit 10.17) 
   10.21         -- Lock-up Letter Agreement between Thomas W. DeJordy and the 
                    Underwriter 
   11            -- Computation of Net Loss Per Share 
  +21.1          -- Subsidiaries of the registrant 
   23.1          -- Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP 
   23.2          -- Consent of Duffy & Sweeney (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this
                    Registration Statement) 
    24.1         -- Power of Attorney -- Richard La France 
    27.1         -- Financial Data Schedule 
    

</TABLE>

* To be filed by amendment. 

+ Previously filed. 

ITEM 28. UNDERTAKINGS 


    Insofar as indemnification  for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 (the  "securities  Act") may be  permitted  to  directors,  officers and
controlling  persons of the Company  pursuant to the  foregoing  provisions,  or
otherwise,  the Company has been advised  that in the opinion of the  Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  such  indemnification  is  against  public  policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable.  In the event
that a claim  for  indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than the
payment by the  Company of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,  officer or
controlling person of the Company in the successful defense of any action,  suit
or proceeding) is asserted by such  director,  officer or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the Company will, unless in the
opinion of its counsel  the matter has been  settled by  controlling  precedent,
submit  to a  court  of  appropriate  jurisdiction  the  question  whether  such
indemnification  by it is against  public policy as expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    The  Company  hereby  undertakes  that,  if  relying  on Rule 430A under the
Securities Act:

        (1)  for  determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  the
    information  omitted  from  the form of  Prospectus  filed as a part of this
    Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
    prospectus filed by the Company under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under
    the Securities Act shall be treated as part of this  Registration  Statement
    as of the time the Commission declared it effective.

        (2) for  determining  any  liability  under  the  Securities  Act,  each
    post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be treated
    as  a  new  registration  statement  for  the  securities  offered  in  this
    Registration  Statement  and that  offering of the  securities  at that time
    shall be treated as the initial bona fide offering of those securities.


                                      II-4


                                   SIGNATURES

   
    PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED,  THE
REGISTRANT CERTIFIES THAT IT HAS REASONABLE GROUNDS TO BELIEVE THAT IT MEETS ALL
OF THE  REQUIREMENTS  FOR FILING ON FORM SB-2 AND HAS DULY CAUSED THIS AMENDMENT
NO.  2 TO  THE  REGISTRATION  STATEMENT  TO BE  SIGNED  ON  ITS  BEHALF  BY  THE
UNDERSIGNED IN THE CITY OF PROVIDENCE, RHODE ISLAND ON APRIL 10, 1997.
    



                                            CAFE LA FRANCE, INC. 



                                            By: /s/ THOMAS W. DEJORDY 
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                  THOMAS W. DEJORDY, 
                                                CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD, 
                                                CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER, 
                                                PRESIDENT AND DIRECTOR 



                                            By:  /s/ ROBERT G. KING 
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                ROBERT G. KING, CHIEF 
                                                  FINANCIAL OFFICER, 
                                                 TREASURER, PRINCIPAL 
                                                ACCOUNTING OFFICER AND 
                                                      DIRECTOR 



   
                                            By:  * RICHARD LAFRANCE 
                                               ---------------------------------
                                                RICHARD LAFRANCE, DIRECTOR


 
                                            *By: /s/ THOMAS W. DEJORDY 
                                                --------------------------------
                                                 THOMAS W. DEJORDY, 
                                                  ATTORNEY-IN-FACT 
    



                                      II-5





                             INDEX TO EXHIBITS 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 EXHIBIT 
 NUMBER                                       DESCRIPTION 
 ------                                       ----------- 
 <S>            <C>
   
     1          -- Form of Underwriting Agreement and Selected Dealer Agreement 
    +2          -- Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization 
    +3.1        -- Certificate of Incorporation, filed with the Delaware Secretary
                   of State on September 25, 1996 
    +3.2        -- By-Laws of the Company 
     4.1        -- Specimen Common Stock Certificate 
    +4.2        -- Form of Underwriter's Share Purchase Option 
    +4.5        -- Form of Bridge Warrant registration right (See Exhibit 10.16) 
    +4.6        -- Relevant portion of Article II and VII of By-Laws (included 
                   in Exhibit 3.2) 
     5.1        -- Opinion of Duffy & Sweeney regarding the legality of the 
                   securities offered 
   +10.1        -- 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan 
   +10.2        -- Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 1996 Incentive 
                   Stock Option Plan 
   +10.3        -- Incentive Stock Option Agreement between the Company and
                   Robert G. King dated 
                   November 1, 1996 
   +10.4        -- Form of Non Qualified Stock Option Agreement 
   +10.5        -- Employment Agreement with Thomas W. DeJordy dated November 1,
                   1996, as amended 
   +10.6        -- Employment Agreement with Robert G. King dated November 1,
                   1996, as amended 
   +10.7        -- Standard Form of Store Franchise Agreement 
   +10.8        -- Loan Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between the Company 
                   and Home Loan and Investment Bank ("Home Loan") 
   +10.9        -- $350,000 Term Promissory Note dated February 28, 1996 issued 
                   to Home Loan 
  +10.10        -- Security Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between the 
                   Company and Home Loan 
  +10.11        -- Guaranty of CLF Franchise Corporation and CLF2, Inc. 
  +10.12        -- Security Agreement dated February 28, 1996 between Home Loan
                   and CLF2, Inc. 
  +10.13        -- Security Agreement dated 2/28/96 between Home Loan and CLF 
                   Franchise Corporation 
  +10.14        -- Letter Agreement of Home Loan dated October 23, 1996 
                   consenting to the Agreement and Plan of Merger and 
                   Reorganization (See Exhibit 2 above) 
  +10.15        -- Form of 12% Subordinated Unsecured Promissory Note dated 
                   October 31, 1996 and November 15, 1996 evidencing $600,000
                   debenture bridge loans to the Company made on such dates 
  +10.16        -- Form of Non-Transferable Common Stock Purchase Warrants,
                   issued to purchasers of unsecured promissory notes dated
                   October 31, 1996 and November 15, 1996 
  +10.17        -- $165,000 Promissory Note of CLF2, Inc. dated March 5, 1996 
  +10.18        -- Security Agreement of CLF2, Inc. dated March 5, 1996 
  +10.19        -- Guaranty of Company dated March 5, 1997 
  +10.20        -- Letter Agreement of Home Loan consenting to $165,000 Note 
                   (See Exhibit 10.17) 
   10.21        -- Lock-up Letter Agreement between Thomas W. DeJordy and the 
                   Underwriter 
   11           -- Computation of Net Loss Per Share 
  +21.1         -- Subsidiaries of the registrant 
   23.1         -- Consent of KPMG Peat Marwick LLP 
   23.2         -- Consent of Duffy & Sweeney (included in Exhibit 5.1 to this
                   Registration Statement) 
   24.1         -- Power of Attorney -- Richard La France 
   27.1         -- Financial Data Schedule 
    

</TABLE>


* To be filed by amendment. 

+ Previously filed. 



                                                                       EXHIBIT 1



                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                     between

                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.

                                       and

                               EARNHARDT CO., INC.









                             Dated: April ____, 1997






                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.



                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

         MAXIMUM 1,125,000 SHARES COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE




                                                        Providence, Rhode Island
                                                        April _____, 1997


Earnhardt Co., Inc.
Ten Abbott Park Place
Third Floor
Providence, RI 02903

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         The  undersigned,  Cafe La France,  Inc., a Delaware  corporation  (the
"Company"),  hereby  confirms its agreement  with  Earnhardt  Co.,  Inc.  (being
referred to herein variously as "you" or the "Underwriter") as follows:

1.       EMPLOYMENT OF UNDERWRITER.

         1.1 EXCLUSIVE AGENCY. The Company hereby employs the Underwriter as its
exclusive  agent to sell for the Company's  account on a "best efforts basis" to
the public up to a maximum of 1,125,000  shares (the  "Shares") of Common Stock,
$.01 par value (the "Common Stock"). The initial offering price of the Shares is
$4.00 per share. In reliance upon the representations and warranties and subject
to the terms  and  conditions  hereof,  the  Underwriter  agrees to use its best
efforts,  as  agent  for the  Company,  promptly  following  the  notice  of the
effective date of the Registration Statement (as hereinafter defined) to sell up
to a maximum of 1,125,000 Shares. It is understood  between the parties that the
Underwriter  shall  not be  obligated  to sell  any  Shares  and  shall  only be
obligated  to offer the Shares to the public on a best efforts  basis,  and that
there is no firm  commitment  by the  Underwriter  to purchase any or all of the
Shares.

         1.2 TERMINATION OF AGENCY.  The Company and the Underwriter  agree that
the agency  between the Company and the  Underwriter  will terminate on June 30,
1997 unless  extended by the Company  (without notice to investors) for up to an
additional 120 days (the date of such termination being hereinafter  referred to
as the "Termination Date").






         1.3 PAYMENT FOR SHARES.  The  Underwriter  shall deliver to the Company
checks,  and money  orders from  investors,  and direct  investors  to send wire
transfers  directly,  to the Company for Shares.  Funds  received by the Company
shall be deposited in a separate non-interest bearing account restricted for the
purposes of this Agreement. Funds shall be releasable to the Company for its use
only as and with  respect  to Shares  for  which  certificates  are  issued on a
Closing Date (as defined  below).  Once  tendered,  orders  cannot be revoked or
funds returned without the consent of the Company. All orders for Shares will be
accepted or rejected by the Company by noon of the next  business day  following
their receipt and accompanying payment by the Company and payments  accompanying
rejected orders will be promptly returned to investors upon their rejection.

         1.4  DELIVERY OF SHARES.  During the Offering  Period,  on such date or
dates as may be agreed upon by the Company and the Underwriter (each, a "Closing
Date"), which date shall not be more than five business days after the notice of
such  closing by the Company or the  Termination  Date,  as the case may be, the
Company  shall  deliver all Shares sold and paid for in good funds in accordance
with this Agreement and not theretofore delivered.

         1.5  COMMISSIONS.  The  Underwriter  shall  receive a commission of ten
(10%)  percent  of the  offering  price  for  each  of the  Shares  sold  by the
Termination Date payable at each Closing Date.

         1.6 SELECTED DEALERS. The Underwriter shall have the right to offer the
Shares through  dealers of securities  selected by it and to allow those dealers
concessions and discounts out of the commissions and/or the Underwriter's  Share
Purchase  Option  (described  below) to be received by the  Underwriter,  as the
Underwriter may determine.

         1.7      UNDERWRITER'S SHARE PURCHASE OPTION.

                  1.7.1 SHARE  PURCHASE  OPTION.  The Company  hereby  agrees to
issue and sell to the Underwriter  (and/or its designees) at a purchase price of
$100 on the Closing Date an option  ("Underwriter's  Share Purchase Option") for
the  purchase  of an  aggregate  of 5% of  the  Shares  sold  pursuant  to  this
Agreement.   The  initial   exercise   price  for  the  Shares  covered  by  the
Underwriter's  Share  Purchase  Option shall be $5.60 per share  ("Underwriter's
Shares"), 140% of the public  offering  price of the Shares.  The  Underwriter's
Shares are identical to the Shares sold to the public.  The Underwriter's  Share
Purchase  Option  and the  Underwriter's  Shares  are  hereinafter  referred  to
collectively as the  "Underwriter's  Securities."  The Shares sold to the public
and the Underwriter's Securities are hereinafter referred to collectively as the
"Securities".

                  1.7.2  PAYMENT  AND  DELIVERY.  Delivery  and  payment for the
Underwriter's  Share Purchase Option shall be made on the Termination  Date. The
Company shall deliver to the  Underwriter,  upon payment  therefor,  one or more
Underwriter's  Share  Purchase  Option(s)  in the  name  or  names  and in  such
authorized denominations as the Underwriter may request.


                                       2





2.  REPRESENTATIONS  AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company  represents and
warrants to the  Underwriter as follows (and as to those relating to the Company
includes as appropriate its subsidiaries):

         2.1      FILING OF REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

                  2.1.1  PURSUANT  TO THE ACT.  The  Company  has filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission  ("Commission") a registration  statement and
an amendment or amendments  thereto,  on Form SB-2 (Registration No. 333-18093),
including any related preliminary prospectus ("Preliminary Prospectus"), for the
registration of the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended ("Act"),
which  registration  statement and amendment or amendments have been prepared by
the Company in conformity  with the  requirements  of the Act, and the rules and
regulations  ("Regulations")  of the  Commission  under  the Act.  Except as the
context may otherwise require, such registration  statement, as amended, on file
with  Commission  at the  time  the  registration  statement  becomes  effective
(including the prospectus,  financial  statements,  schedules,  exhibits and all
other documents filed as a part thereof incorporated therein and all information
deemed to be a part thereof as of such time  pursuant to  paragraph  (b) of Rule
430A  of the  Regulations),  and as the  same  may  be  thereafter  amended,  is
hereinafter  called  the  "Registration  Statement,"  and the form of the  final
prospectus  dated the  Effective  Date  (or,  if  applicable,  the form of final
prospectus filed with the Commission  pursuant to Rule 424 of the  Regulations),
and as the same may be thereafter amended or supplemented, is hereinafter called
the "Prospectus." The Registration  Statement has been declared effective by the
Commission  on the date  hereof.  The Company is eligible to use Form SB-2 under
the Act.

                  2.1.2  PURSUANT TO THE  EXCHANGE  ACT.  If required  under the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"),  the Company
will file a retroactive  statement  thereunder for the Shares.  The Company will
use its best efforts to have such registration  statement  declared effective by
the Commission as soon as practicable after the date of filing.

         2.2 NO STOP ORDERS,  ETC..  Neither the Commission  nor, to the best of
the Company's  knowledge,  any state  regulatory  authority has issued any order
preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or has instituted
or,  to the  best  of the  company's  knowledge,  threatened  to  institute  any
proceedings with respect to such an order.

         2.3      DISCLOSURE IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT.

                  2.3.1  10B-5  REPRESENTATION.  At the  time  the  Registration
Statement  became  effective  and at all  times  subsequent  thereto  up to each
Closing  Date and during  such  period as the  Prospectus  may be required to be
delivered  in  connection  with  sales  by  the  Underwriter  or a  dealer,  the
Registration  Statement and the Prospectus will contain all material  statements
which are  required  to be stated  therein  in  accordance  with the Act and the
Regulations,  and will in all material  respects  conform to the requirements of
the  Act  and  the  Regulations;  neither  the


                                       3




Registration  Statement  nor the  Prospectus,  nor any  amendment or  supplement
hereto,  on such dates,  will contain any untrue statement of a material fact or
omit to state any material  fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
make the statements therein, not misleading. When any Preliminary Prospectus was
first  filed  with the  Commission  (whether  filed as part of the  Registration
Statement for the  registration  of the  Securities or any amendment  thereto or
pursuant to Rule 424(a) of the  Regulations)  and when any amendment  thereof or
supplement thereto was or are first filed with the Commission,  such Preliminary
Prospectus and any amendment  thereof and supplements  thereto  complied or will
comply in all material  respects with the  applicable  provisions of the Act and
the  Regulations  and did not and will not  contain  an  untrue  statement  of a
material fact or omit to state any material  fact required to be stated  therein
or  necessary  in  order  to  make  the  statements  therein,  in  light  of the
circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The representation and
warranty  made in this  Section  2.3.1  does  not  apply to  statements  made or
statements  omitted in reliance upon and in conformity with written  information
furnished  to the Company  with respect to the  Underwriter  by the  Underwriter
expressly for use in the  Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment
thereof or supplement thereto.

                  2.3.2   DISCLOSURE  OF  CONTRACTS.   The  description  in  the
Registration  Statement and the  Prospectus of contracts and other  documents is
accurate and presents fairly the information  required to be disclosed and there
are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Registration
Statement or the  Prospectus  or to be filed with the  Commission as exhibits to
the  Registration  Statement,  which have not been so described  or filed.  Each
contract or other instrument  (however  characterized or described) to which the
Company is a party or by which its  property  or  business is or may be bound or
affected and (i) which is referred to in the Prospectus,  or (ii) is material to
the Company's business, has been duly and validly executed, is in full force and
effect in all material  respects and is enforceable  against the parties thereto
in accordance with its terms, and none of such contracts or instruments has been
assigned  by the  Company,  and  neither  the  Company  nor,  to the best of the
Company's  knowledge,  any other party is in default thereunder and, to the best
of the Company's knowledge,  no event has occurred which, with the lapse of time
or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. None of
the material provisions of such contracts or instruments violates or will result
in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order
or  decree of any  governmental  agency or court  having  jurisdiction  over the
Company  or any of its  respective  assets  or  businesses,  including,  without
limitation,  those relating to environmental  laws and regulations.  The Company
knows of no situation,  condition or circumstance that would prevent  compliance
by any party with respect to such contract or instrument.

                  2.3.3 PRIOR  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS.  No  securities  of the
Company  have been sold by the Company  within the three years prior to the date
hereof, except as disclosed in the Registration Statement.

         2.4 RECENT SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS,  ETC. Subsequent to the respective
dates as of which  information  is given in the  Registration  Statement and the
Prospectus,  and except as may 


                                       4




otherwise be indicated or  contemplated  herein or therein,  the Company has not
(i) issued any  securities  or incurred any liability or  obligation,  direct or
contingent,  for borrowed  money;  or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made
any other distribution on or in respect to its capital stock.

         2.5 INDEPENDENT  ACCOUNTANTS.  KPMG Peat Marwick,  LLP, whose report is
filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement, are independent
accountants as required by the Act and the Regulations.

         2.6 FINANCIAL STATEMENTS. The financial statements, including the notes
thereto and  supporting  schedules  included in the  Registration  Statement and
Prospectus, fairly present the financial position, the results of operations and
the  stockholders'  equity and cash flows of the  Company  and its  consolidated
subsidiaries  at the dates and for the  periods  to which they  apply;  and such
financial  statements have been prepared in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles, consistently applied throughout the periods involved, and
the  Regulations;  and the  supporting  schedules  included in the  Registration
Statement present fairly the information required to be stated therein.

         2.7 AUTHORIZED  CAPITAL;  OPTIONS;  ETC. The Company had at the date or
dates  indicated  in the  Prospectus  duly  authorized,  issued and  outstanding
capitalization  as set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the Prospectus.
Based  on  the  assumptions  stated  in  the  Registration   Statement  and  the
Prospectus,  the Company will have on the  Termination  Date the adjusted  stock
capitalization  set  forth  therein.  Except  as set  forth in the  Registration
Statement and the  Prospectus,  on the  Effective  Date and on each Closing Date
there will be no options,  warrants,  or other  rights to purchase or  otherwise
acquired any  authorized  but unissued  shares of Common Stock of the Company or
any  security  convertible  or  exchangeable  into shares of Common Stock of the
Company, or any contracts or commitments to issue or sell shares of Common Stock
or an such options, warrants, rights or convertible or exchangeable securities.

         2.8      VALID ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES; ETC.

                  2.8.1  OUTSTANDING  SECURITIES.  All  issued  and  outstanding
securities of the Company have been duly  authorized  and validly issued and are
fully paid and  non-assessable;  the  holders  thereof  have no known  rights of
rescission with respect  thereto,  and are not subject to personal  liability by
reason  of being  such  holders;  and none of such  securities  were  issued  in
violation of any  contractual  rights  granted by the Company.  The  outstanding
options and rights to purchase  shares of Common Stock  constitute the valid and
binding  obligations of the Company  enforceable in accordance with their terms.
The  authorized  Common  Stock and  outstanding  options  and rights to purchase
shares of Common Stock conform to all statements  relating thereto  contained in
the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                  2.8.2 SHARES SOLD PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT.  The Shares have
been duly  authorized  and,  when issued and paid for,  will be validly  issued,
fully  paid and  non-assessable;  the  holders  thereof  are not and will not be
subject to personal  liability by reason of being such  


                                       5






holders;  the Shares are not and will not be subject to any  contractual  rights
granted by the Company;  and all corporate  action  required to be taken for the
authorization,  issuance  and sale of the  Securities  has been duly and validly
taken. When issued, the Underwriter's  Share Purchase Option will constitute the
valid and binding  obligation  of the Company to issue and sell,  upon  exercise
thereof and payment  therefor,  the number and type of securities of the Company
called for thereby,  and the Underwriter's  Share Purchase Option is enforceable
against the Company in accordance with its terms,  except (i) as  enforceability
may be  limited  by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  or  similar  laws
affecting   creditors'   rights   generally,   (ii)  as  enforceability  of  any
indemnification  provision  may be limited  under  federal and state  securities
laws, and (iii) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other
forms of  equitable  relief  may be  subject to  equitable  defenses  and to the
discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

         2.8.3 SHARE PURCHASE OPTION.  The  Underwriter's  Share Purchase Option
has been duly  authorized  and, when duly issued and delivered,  will constitute
valid and legally binding  obligations of the Company  enforceable in accordance
with their terms. The  Underwriter's  Shares have been duly authorized and, when
issued and sold,  upon  receipt of the proper  consideration  therefor,  will be
validly issued,  fully paid and non-assessable and free of preemptive rights and
no personal liability will attach to the ownership thereof.

         2.9  REGISTRATION  RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES.  Except as set forth in the
Prospectus,  no holders of any  securities  of the  Company or of any options or
other rights of the Company  exercisable for or convertible or exchangeable into
securities  of the Company have the right to require the Company to register any
such  securities of the Company under the Act or to include any such  securities
in a registration to be filed by the Company.

         2.10 VALIDITY AND BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENTS. This Agreement has been
duly and validly authorized by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding
agreements of the Company,  enforceable  against the Company in accordance  with
its  terms,   except  (i)  as  enforceability  may  be  limited  by  bankruptcy,
insolvency,   reorganization   or  similar  laws  affecting   creditors'  rights
generally,  (ii)  as  enforceability  of any  indemnification  provision  may be
limited under federal and state  securities  laws,  and (iii) that the remedy of
specific  performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable  relief may be
subject to equitable  defenses and to  discretion  of the court before which any
proceeding therefor may be brought.

         2.11 NO CONFLICTS, ETC. The execution, delivery, and performance by the
Company of this Agreement, and the Share Purchase Option and the consummation by
the  Company  of the  transactions  herein  and  therein  contemplated  and  the
compliance by the Company with the terms hereof and thereof do not and will not,
with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, (i) result in
a breach of, or conflict with any of the material  terms and  provisions  of, or
constitute a default under, or result in the creation, modification, termination
or imposition of any lien,  charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of
the Company  pursuant to the terms of, any indenture,  mortgage,  deed of trust,
note, loan or credit agreement


                                       6






or any other agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by which
the  Company  may be bound or to which  any of the  property  or  assets  of the
Company is  subject;  (ii)  result in any  violation  of the  provisions  of the
Certificate of  Incorporation  or the By-Laws of the Company;  (iii) violate any
existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, injunction, order or decree
of any  governmental  agency  or other  authority  or of any court  domestic  or
foreign,  having  jurisdiction  over the  Company  or any of its  properties  or
business;  or (iv)  have a  material  adverse  effect  on any  permit,  license,
certificate,  registration,  approval,  consent, license or franchise concerning
the Company.

         2.12 NO DEFAULTS; VIOLATIONS. Except as described in the Prospectus, no
default exists in the due  performance  and observance of any material  license,
contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, loan or credit agreement, or
any other  agreement or  instrument  to which the Company is a party or by which
the  Company  may be bound or to which  any of the  properties  or assets of the
Company is subject.  The Company is not in violation of any term or provision of
its  Certificate of  Incorporation  or By-Laws or in violation of any franchise,
license,  permit,  applicable law, rule,  regulation,  judgment or decree of any
governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign,  having jurisdiction over the
Company  or any of its  properties  or  business,  except  as  described  in the
Prospectus.

         2.13     CORPORATE POWER; LICENSES; CONSENTS.

                  2.13.1  CONDUCT OF  BUSINESS..  The Company has all  requisite
corporate power and authority, and has all necessary authorizations,  approvals,
orders,  licenses,  certificates  and  permits  of  and  from  all  governmental
regulatory  officials and bodies to own or lease it  properties  and conduct its
business as described in the  Prospectus,  and the Company is and has been doing
business in compliance with all such material authorizations, approvals, orders,
licenses,  certificates and permits and all federal, state and local laws, rules
and regulations.  The disclosures in the Registration  Statement  concerning the
effects of federal,  state and local  regulation  on the  Company's  business as
currently  contemplated are correct in all material  respects and do not omit to
state a material fact.

                  2.13.2 TRANSACTIONS  CONTEMPLATED  HEREIN. The Company has all
corporate  power  and  authority  to enter  into  this  Agreement  and the Share
Purchase  Option  and to carry out the  provisions  and  conditions  hereof  and
thereof,  and all consents,  authorizations,  approvals  and orders  required in
connection therewith have been obtained. No consent,  authorization or order of,
and no filing with,  any court  government  agency or other body is required for
the valid  issuance,  sale and  delivery,  of the  Securities  pursuant  to this
Agreement and the  Underwriter's  Share Purchase Option,  and as contemplated by
the  Prospectus,  or in  connection  with the  Company's  compliance  with other
provisions  thereto and thereof  except with respect to  applicable  federal and
state securities laws.

         2.14 TITLE TO PROPERTY;  INSURANCE. The Company has good and marketable
title to, or valid and enforceable  leasehold  estates in, all items of real and
personal  property  (tangible  and  intangible)  owned or leased by it, free and
clear of all  liens,  encumbrances,  claims,  security


                                       7





interests,  defects and  restrictions of any material nature  whatsoever,  other
than those  referred  to in the  Prospectus  and liens for taxes not yet due and
payable.  The Company has  adequately  insured its  properties  against  loss or
damage by fire or other casualty and maintains,  in adequate amounts, such other
insurance as is usually  maintained by companies  engaged in the same or similar
business.

         2.15 LITIGATION;  GOVERNMENTAL  PROCEEDINGS.  There is no action, suit,
proceeding,  inquiry,  arbitration,  investigation,  litigation or  governmental
proceeding  pending or  threatened  against,  or  involving  the  properties  or
business  of, the  Company  which  might  materially  and  adversely  affect the
financial position,  prospects,  value or the operation or the properties of the
business of the Company,  or which question the validity of the capital stock of
the  Company  or this  Agreement  or of any  action  taken or to be taken by the
Company  pursuant  to,  or in  connection  with,  this  Agreement.  There are no
outstanding orders, judgments,  injunctions or decrees of any court, arbitration
or other tribunal or governmental  agency or other authority  naming the Company
and  enjoining the Company from taking,  or requiring  the Company to take,  any
action, or to which the Company, its properties or business is bound or subject.

         2.16 GOOD STANDING.  The Company has been duly organized and is validly
existing as a corporation and is in good standing under the laws of its state of
incorporation.  The Company is duly  qualified and licensed and in good standing
as a foreign  corporation in each  jurisdiction in which ownership or leasing of
any properties or the character of its operations requires such qualification or
licensing, except where the failure to qualify would not have a material adverse
effect on the Company.

         2.17  TAXES.  The  Company  has  filed and will  file all  returns  (as
hereinafter  defined) required to be filed with taxing  authorities prior to the
date hereof or has duly obtained extensions of time for the filing thereof.  The
Company has paid all taxes (as hereinafter defined) shown as due on such returns
that were  filed and has paid all  taxes  imposed  on or  assessed  against  the
Company.  The  provisions  for taxes  payable,  if any,  shown on the  financial
statements filed with or as a part of the Registration  Statement are sufficient
for all accrued and unpaid taxes,  whether or not disputed,  and for all periods
to and including the dates of such financial statements.  Except as disclosed in
writing to the  Underwriter,  (i) no issues have been raised (and are  currently
pending) by any taxing  authority in connection with any of the returns or taxes
asserted as due from the Company,  and (ii) no waivers of statutes of limitation
with  respect  to the  returns  or  collection  of taxes  have been  given by or
requested  from the Company.  The term "taxes"  mean all federal,  state,  local
foreign,  and other net income,  gross income,  gross receipts,  sales,  use, ad
valorem,  transfer,  franchise,  profits,  license, lease, service, service use,
withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium,
property,  windfall profits,  customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments,
or charges of any kind  whatever,  together with any interest and any penalties,
additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term "returns"
means all  returns,  declarations,  reports,  statements,  and  other  documents
required to be filed in respect to taxes.


                                       8





         2.18 EMPLOYEES'  OPTIONS.  Except as described in the  Prospectus,  the
Company  has no  employee  stock  option or similar  plans  relating to employee
acquisitions of Common Stock or other securities of the Company.

         2.19     TRANSACTIONS AFFECTING DISCLOSURE TO NASD.

         2.19.1 FINDER'S FEES. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement
or  disclosed  to the  Underwriter  in writing,  there are no claims,  payments,
issuances,  arrangements  or  understandings  for  services  in the  nature of a
finder's or origination fee with respect to the sale of the Securities hereunder
or any other  arrangements,  agreements,  understandings,  payments or issuances
with respect to the Company that may affect the Underwriter's  compensation,  as
determined by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").

                  2.19.2 PAYMENTS  WITHIN TWELVE MONTHS.  Except as disclosed in
the Registration Statement or to the Underwriter in writing, the Company has not
made any direct or indirect  payments (in cash,  securities or otherwise) to (i)
any person, as a finder's fee,  investing fee or otherwise,  in consideration of
such  person  raising  capital  for the  Company or  introducing  to the Company
persons who provided capital to the Company,  (ii) to any NASD member,  or (iii)
to any  person  or  entity  that  has any  direct  or  indirect  affiliation  or
association  with any NASD member  within the twelve  month  period prior to the
date on which the Registration  Statement was filed with the Commission ("Filing
Date") or thereafter.

                  2.19.3  USE OF  PROCEEDS.  None  of the  net  proceeds  of the
offering  will be paid by the  Company to any  participating  NASD member or any
affiliate or associate of any NASD member,  except as specifically  disclosed in
the Registration Statement.

                  2.19.4 INSIDER'S NASD AFFILIATION.  Except as disclosed in the
Registration Statement or disclosed to the Underwriter in writing, no officer or
director of the Company or owner of any of the Company's unregistered securities
has any direct or indirect  affiliation or association with any NASD member. The
Company will advise the  Underwriter and the NASD if any holder of the Company's
unregistered  securities  becomes an affiliate or  associated  person of an NASD
member participating in the offering.

         2.20     RELATIONS WITH EMPLOYEES.

                  2.20.1 EMPLOYEE  MATTERS.  The Company has generally enjoyed a
satisfactory  employer-employee  relationship  with  its  employees  and  is  in
compliance in all material  respects with all federal,  state and local laws and
regulations respecting the employment of its employees and employment practices,
terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours relating  thereto.  There
are no pending  investigations  involving the Company by the U.S.  Department of
Labor, or any other governmental  agency responsible for the enforcement of such
federal,  state or local laws or regulations.  There is no unfair labor practice
charge or  complaint  against  the Company  pending  before the  National  Labor
Relations Board or any strike, picketing, boycott, dispute, slowdown or stoppage
pending  or  threatened  against or  involving  the  Company,  and none has ever
occurred. No question concerning  representation


                                       9





exists  respecting  the  employees of the Company and no  collective  bargaining
agreement or modification  thereof is currently being negotiated by the Company.
No grievance or arbitration  proceeding is pending under any expired or existing
collective bargaining agreements of the Company, if any.

                  2.20.2  EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT  PLANS.  Except as  disclosed in the
Registration Statement, the Company neither maintains,  sponsors nor contributes
to, nor is it required to contribute to, any program or  arrangement  that is an
"employee  pension  benefit  plan," and "employee  welfare  benefit  plan," or a
"multi-employer plan" as such terms are defined in Section 3(2), 3(1) and 3(37),
respectively, of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
("ERISA") ("ERISA Plans"). The Company does not, and has at no time,  maintained
or contributed to a defined  benefit plan, as defined in Section 3(35) of ERISA.
No ERISA Plan (or any trust  created  thereunder)  has engaged in a  "prohibited
transaction"  within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section  4975 of the
Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended  ("Code")  which could  subject the
Company  to any tax  penalty  for  prohibited  transactions  and  which  has not
adequately  been  corrected.  Each ERISA Plan is in compliance with all material
reporting,  disclosure  and  other  requirements  of the Code and  ERISA as they
relate to any such ERISA Plan.  The Company has never  completely  or  partially
withdrawn from a "multi-employer plan."

                  2.20.3 OFFICERS'  CERTIFICATE.  Any certificate  signed by any
duly  authorized  officer of the Company and delivered to you or to your counsel
shall be deemed a representation  and warranty by the Company to the Underwriter
as to the matters covered thereby.

         2.21     AGREEMENTS WITH INSIDERS.

                  2.21.1 LOCK-UP  AGREEMENTS.  The Company has caused to be duly
executed a legally binding and enforceable  agreement  pursuant to which certain
of  the  officers,   directors  and  principal   stockholders   of  the  company
(collectively,  "Insiders"),  agree not to sell any shares of Common Stock owned
by them (either  pursuant to Rule 144 of the  Regulations  or  otherwise)  for a
period of 13 months  following the Effective Date except with the consent of the
Underwriter.

                  2.21.2  CERTAIN  TRANSACTIONS.  Except  as  set  forth  in the
Prospectus, no officer, director,  stockholder,  or key employee of the Company,
or any  "affiliate"  or  "associate"  (as these  terms are  defined  in Rule 405
promulgated  under the Rules and Regulations) of any of the foregoing persons or
entities has or has had, either  directly or indirectly,  (i) an interest in any
person or entity  which (A)  furnishes  or sells  service or products  which are
furnished  or sold or are proposed to be furnished or sold by the Company or (B)
purchases  from or sells or  furnishes  to the  Company any goods or services or
(ii) a beneficial  interest in any contract or agreement to which the Company is
a party or by which it may be bound  or  affected.  Except  as set  forth in the
Prospectus  under  "Certain  Transactions,"  there are no  existing  agreements,
arrangements,   understandings   or 


                                       10






transactions,   or  proposed   agreements,   arrangements,   understandings   or
transactions,   between  or  among  the  Company  and  any  officer,  directors,
stockholders, or key employee of the Company or affiliate or associate of any of
the foregoing persons or entities.

         2.22 SUBSIDIARIES.  Except as disclosed in the Registration  Statement,
the Company does not have any subsidiaries, and has no interests either directly
or indirectly in other  entities  including,  but not limited to,  corporations,
partnerships, trusts, joint ventures or other business entities.

         2.23 NO OTHER OFFERINGS. The Company is no currently offering any other
securities,  nor has it offered or sold any securities during the past three (3)
years, except as described in the Registration Statement.

         2.24 CORPORATE MINUTES.  The minute books of the Company have been made
available to the  Underwriter and  Underwriter's  counsel and contain a complete
summary of all meetings and actions of the  directors  and  stockholders  of the
Company,  respectively,  since  the  time of its  respective  incorporation  and
reflect all transactions  referred to in such minutes accurately in all material
respects.

         2.25 INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT. The Company is not now, and after the sale
of the  Shares  and the  application  of the net  proceeds  from  such  sales as
described in the  Prospectus  under the caption "Use of  Proceeds,"  the Company
will not be, an "investment  company" or an affiliated  person of, or "promoter"
or  "principal  underwriter"  for, or an entity  "controlled"  by an  investment
company,  within the meaning of the  Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended
(the "Investment Company Act").

3.       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  The Company covenants and agrees as follows:

         3.1 AMENDMENTS TO REGISTRATION  STATEMENT.  The Company will deliver to
the  Underwriter,   prior  to  filing,   any  amendment  or  supplement  to  the
Registration  Statement or  Prospectus  proposed to be filed after the Effective
Date and not file any such  amendment  or  supplement  to which the  Underwriter
shall reasonably object.

         3.2      FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS.

                  3.2.1  COMPLIANCE.  During  the  time  when  a  Prospectus  is
required to be  delivered  under the Act,  the Company  will use all  reasonable
efforts  to  comply  with  all  requirements  imposed  upon it by the  Act,  the
Regulations and the Exchange Act and by the regulations  under the Exchange Act,
as from time to time in force,  so far as necessary to permit the continuance of
sales of or dealings in the Shares in accordance with the provisions  hereof and
of the  Prospectus.  If at any time when a Prospectus  relating to the Shares is
required  to be  delivered  under the Act,  any event  shall have  occurred as a
result of which,  in the  opinion of counsel  for the Company or counsel for the
Underwriter, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue
statement of a material  fact or omits to state any material fact required to be
stated  therein or necessary  to make the  statements  therein,  in light of the


                                       11






circumstances under which they were made, not misleading,  or if it is necessary
at any time to amend the  Prospectus  to comply with the Act,  the Company  will
notify  the  Underwriter  promptly  and  prepare  and file with the  Commission,
subject to Section  3.1  hereof,  an  appropriate  amendment  or  supplement  in
accordance with Section 10 of the Act.

                  3.2.2  FILING OF FINAL  PROSPECTUS.  The Company will file the
Prospectus  (in form and substance  satisfactory  to the  Underwriter)  with the
Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424 of the Regulations.

         3.3 BLUE SKY FILING.  The  Company  will  endeavor  in good  faith,  in
cooperation  with the  Underwriter,  at or  prior  to the time the  Registration
Statement becomes  effective,  to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under
the securities  laws of such  jurisdictions  as the  Underwriter  may reasonably
designate,  provided  that  such  qualification  shall  not be  required  in any
jurisdiction where, as a result thereof, the Company would be subject to service
of general  process or to taxation as a foreign  corporation  doing  business in
such  jurisdiction.  In each  jurisdiction  where  such  qualification  shall be
effected,  the Company will,  unless the Underwriter  agrees that such action is
not at the time necessary or advisable,  use all reasonable  efforts to file and
make such  statements  or reports at such times as are or may be required by the
laws of such jurisdiction.

         3.4  DELIVERY TO THE  UNDERWRITER  OF  PROSPECTUSES.  The Company  will
deliver to the Underwriter,  without charge, from time to time during the period
when the  Prospectus  is required to be delivered  under the Act or the Exchange
Act such number of copies of each  Preliminary  Prospectus and the Prospectus as
the  Underwriter  may  reasonably  request  and,  as  soon  as the  Registration
Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes  effective,  deliver to
you two original executed Registration  Statements,  including exhibits, and all
post-effective  amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or
incorporated  therein  by  reference  and  all  original  executed  consents  of
certified experts.

         3.5 EVENTS REQUIRING NOTICE TO THE UNDERWRITER. The Company will notify
the  Underwriter  immediately  and  confirm  the  notice in  writing  (i) of the
effectiveness of the Registration  Statement and any amendment thereto,  (ii) of
the issuance by the  Commission of any stop order or of the  initiation,  or the
threatening,  of any proceeding  for that purpose,  (iii) of the issuance by any
state  securities  commission  of any  proceedings  for  the  suspension  of the
qualification  of the Shares for offering or sale in any  jurisdiction or of the
initiation, or the threatening,  of any proceeding for that purpose, (iv) of the
mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement
to the Registration Statement or Prospectus,  (v) of the receipt of any comments
or request for any additional  information from the Commission,  and (vi) of the
happening of any event during the period  described in Section 3.4 hereof which,
in the judgment of the Company,  renders the current  Registration  Statement or
the  Prospectus  untrue  and which  requires  the  making of any  changes in the
Registration  Statement  or the  Prospectus  in  order  to make  the  statements
therein,  in  light  of the  circumstances  under  which  they  were  made,  not
misleading.  If the Commission or any state 


                                       12





securities  commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at
any time, the Company will make every  reasonable  effort to obtain promptly the
lifting of such order.

         3.6 UNAUDITED  FINANCIALS.  The Company will furnish to the Underwriter
as early as  practicable  subsequent  to the date hereof and at least three full
business  days prior to the  Termination  Date,  a copy of the latest  available
unaudited interim financial statements  ("Unaudited  Financials") of the Company
(which  in no event  shall be as of a date more than  thirty  days  prior to the
Effective Date).

         3.7  UNDERWRITER'S  SHARE PURCHASE OPTION. On the Termination Date, the
Company will execute and deliver the Underwriter's  Share Purchase Option to the
Underwriter  substantially  in the form filed as an exhibit to the  Registration
Statement.

   
         3.8  PAYMENT OF  EXPENSES.  The  Company  hereby  agrees to pay on each
Closing Date all expenses  incident to the performance of the obligations of the
Company under this Agreement which are then unpaid, including but not limited to
(i)  the  preparation,   printing,  filing  and  delivery  of  the  Registration
Statement,  the Prospectus and the Preliminary Prospectuses and the printing and
mailing of this  Agreement  and  related  documents,  including  the cost of all
copies thereof and any amendments thereof or supplements thereto supplied to the
Underwriter  in  quantities  as may be  required  by the  Underwriter,  (ii) the
printing,  engraving,  issuance and delivery of the Shares and the Underwriter's
Share Purchase  Option,  including any transfer or other taxes payable  thereon,
(iii) the qualification of the Shares under state or foreign  securities or Blue
Sky laws,  including  the filing  fees  under  such Blue Sky laws,  the costs of
printing and mailing the  "Preliminary  Blue Sky Memorandum," and all amendments
and supplements thereto,  (iv) fees and disbursements of the transfer agent, (v)
any  listing  of the Shares on the  Bulletin  Board or Nasdaq and (vi) all other
costs and expenses  incident to the  performance  of its  obligations  hereunder
which are not  otherwise  specifically  provided  for in this  Section  3.8. The
Company  further  agrees to reimburse  the  Underwriter  for  reasonable  actual
accountable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $12,000.
    

         3.9  APPLICATION  OF NET  PROCEEDS.  The  Company  will  apply  the net
proceeds  from  the  offering  received  by it in a manner  consistent  with the
application described under the caption "USE OF PROCEEDS" in the Prospectus. The
Company will file such reports with the  Commission  with respect to the sale of
the Shares and the  application  of the  proceeds  therefrom  as may be required
pursuant  to Rule 463 under the Act and will  file  with the  appropriate  state
securities  administrators  any sales or other reports required by the rules and
regulations  of such states,  and will supply  copies of all such reports to the
Underwriter.

         3.10 DELIVERY OF EARNINGS  STATEMENT TO SECURITY  HOLDERS.  The Company
will make generally  available to its security  holders as soon as  practicable,
but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month  following
the Effective Date (and confirm to the  Underwriter it has done so), an earnings
statement  (which need not be certified by an independent  public or independent
certified public accountants unless required by the Act or the 



                                       13




Regulations, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section
11(a) of the Act)  covering  a period  of at  least  twelve  consecutive  months
beginning after the Effective Date.

         3.11 STABILIZATION.  Neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge, any of
its employees,  directors or  stockholders  has taken or will take,  directly or
indirectly,  any action  designed  to or which has  constituted  or which  might
reasonably  be  expected  to cause or result  in,  under the  Exchange  Act,  or
otherwise,  stabilization  or  manipulation  of the price of any security of the
Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.

         3.12 INTERNAL CONTROLS. The Company has maintained,  maintains and will
continue to  maintain a system of internal  accounting  controls  sufficient  to
provide reasonable  assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance
with  management's  general or specific  authorization,  (ii)  transactions  are
recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial  statements in
accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  and  to  maintain
accountability  for  assets,  (iii)  access  to  assets  is  permitted  only  in
accordance with  management's  general or specific  authorization,  and (iv) the
recorded   accountability  for  assets  is  compared  with  existing  assets  at
reasonable  intervals  and  appropriate  action  is taken  with  respect  to any
differences.

         3.13 KEY MAN  INSURANCE.  Thomas W.  DeJordy  shall be President of the
Company on each Closing Date.  Prior to the first Closing Date, the Company will
have obtained key person life  insurance on the life of Mr. DeJordy in an amount
of not less than  $1,000,000  and will use its best  efforts  to  maintain  such
insurance during the five year period commencing with the first Closing Date.

         3.14 REPORTS.  During a period of five (5) years after the date hereof,
the Company will furnish to its stockholders (but only to the extent required by
any exchange or interdealer  quotation system on which the Company's  securities
are then  traded or  quoted)  annual  reports  (including  financial  statements
audited by independent  public  accountants) and unaudited  quarterly reports of
earnings, and will deliver to the Underwriter:

                  (i) concurrently with furnishing such quarterly reports to its
         stockholders,  statements  of income of the Company for each quarter in
         the form furnished to the Company's stockholders;

                  (ii)  concurrently  with furnishing such annual reports to its
         stockholders,  a  balance  sheet  of  the  Company  at  the  end of the
         preceding   fiscal  year,   together  with  statements  of  operations,
         stockholders' equity and cash flow of the Company for such fiscal year,
         accompanied by a copy of the report  thereon of  independent  certified
         public accountants;

                  (iii) as soon as they are  available,  copies  of all  reports
         (financial or other) mailed to stockholders;


                                       14





                  (iv) as soon as they are available,  copies of all reports and
         financial  statements  furnished to or filed with the  Commission,  the
         NASD, Bulletin Board or any securities exchange;

                  (v)  every  press  release  and  every  material  news item or
         article  of  interest  to the  financial  community  in  respect of the
         Company  which was released or prepared by or on behalf of the Company;
         and

                  (vi) any additional  information of a public nature concerning
         the Company (and any future  subsidiaries)  or its businesses which the
         Underwriter may reasonably request.

During  such  five-year  period,  if the Company  has active  subsidiaries,  the
foregoing  financial  statements  will be on a consolidated  basis to the extent
that the accounts of the Company and such  subsidiaries  are  consolidated,  and
will  be  accompanied  by  similar  financial  statements  for  any  significant
subsidiary which is not so consolidated.

         3.15 TRANSFER  AGENT.  The Company will maintain a transfer  agent (the
"Transfer  Agent")  and,  if  necessary  under the laws of the  jurisdiction  of
incorporation  of the Company,  a registrar (which may be the same entity as the
Transfer Agent) for the Common Stock.

4.  CONDITIONS  OF  THE  UNDERWRITER'S  OBLIGATIONS.   The  obligations  of  the
Underwriter to sell the Shares on a "best efforts"  basis,  as provided  herein,
shall  be  subject  to  the  continuing  accuracy  of  the  representations  and
warranties of the Company as of the date hereof and until the Termination  Date,
to the accuracy of the  statements  of officers of the Company made  pursuant to
the provisions  hereof and to the  performance by the Company of its obligations
hereunder and to the following conditions:

         4.1      REGULATORY MATTERS.

                  4.1.1   EFFECTIVENESS   OF   REGISTRATION    STATEMENT.    The
Registration Statement shall have become effective not later than 10:00 a.m. New
York time on the day following the date of this Agreement or such later date and
time as shall be consented to in writing by you,  and, at each Closing  Date, no
stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have
been issued and no  proceedings  for such purpose shall have been  instituted or
shall be pending or  contemplated  by the Commission and any request on the part
of the Commission for  additional  information  shall have been complied with to
the reasonable satisfaction of the Underwriter.

                  4.1.2 NO BLUE SKY STOP ORDERS. No order suspending the sale of
the  Securities  in any  jurisdiction  designated by you pursuant to Section 3.3
hereof shall have been issued on the Closing Date, and no  proceedings  for that
purpose shall have been instituted or shall be contemplated.


                                       15






         4.2  CLOSING  DATE  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL.  On each  Closing  Date,  the
Underwriter  shall have received the opinion of Duffy & Sweeney,  counsel to the
Company,  dated the Closing Date,  addressed to the  Underwriter and in form and
substance satisfactory to the Underwriter.

         4.3      OFFICERS' CERTIFICATES.

                  4.3.1  OFFICERS'  CERTIFICATE.   At  each  Closing  Date,  the
Underwriter  shall have  received a  certificate  of the  Company  signed by the
President  of the  company,  dated such  Closing  Date,  to the effect  that the
Company has performed all covenants and complied with all conditions required by
this  Agreement to be performed or complied  with by the Company prior to and as
of such Closing Date,  and that the  conditions  set forth in Section 4.4 hereof
have been  satisfied  as of such date and that,  as of such  Closing  Date,  the
representations  and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 2 hereof are
true and correct. In addition, the Underwriter will have received such other and
further  certificates  of  officers  of  the  Company  as  the  Underwriter  may
reasonably request.

                  4.3.2  SECRETARY'S  CERTIFICATE.  At each  Closing  Date,  the
Underwriter  shall have  received a  certificate  of the  Company  signed by the
Secretary  of the  Company,  dated such Closing  Date,  certifying  (i) that the
By-Laws and Certificate of  Incorporation,  as amended,  of the Company are true
and complete, have not been modified and are in full force and effect, (ii) that
the resolutions  relating to the public offering  contemplated by this Agreement
are  in  full  force  and  effect  and  have  not  been   modified,   (iii)  all
correspondence  between the Company or its counsel and the Commission,  (iv) all
correspondence  between  the  Company  or its  counsel  and the  Bulletin  Board
concerning  inclusion  on  Bulletin  Board and (v) as to the  incumbency  of the
officers of the Company.  The documents referred to in such certificate shall be
attached to such certificate.

         4.4 NO MATERIAL  CHANGES.  Prior to and on each Closing Date, (i) there
shall  have  been  no  material  adverse  change  or  development   involving  a
prospective  material  change  in the  condition,  financial  or  otherwise,  or
prospects or the business activities, of the Company from the latest dates as of
which such condition is set forth in the Registration  Statement and Prospectus,
(ii)  there  shall  have  been no  transaction,  not in the  ordinary  course of
business,  entered  into by the  Company  from the  latest  date as of which the
financial  condition of the Company is set forth in the  Registration  Statement
and  Prospectus  which is materially  adverse to the Company,  (iii) the Company
shall not be in default  under any provision of any  instrument  relating to any
outstanding  indebtedness  which default would have a material adverse effect on
the  Company,  (iv) no material  amount of the assets of the Company  shall have
been pledged or mortgaged, except as set forth in the


                                       16







Registration Statement and Prospectus, (v) no action, suit or proceeding, at law
or in equity,  shall have been  pending or  threatened  against  the  Company or
affecting  any of its property or business  before or by any court or federal or
state commission,  board or other  administrative  agency wherein an unfavorable
decision,  ruling or finding  may  materially  adversely  affect  the  business,
operations, prospects or financial condition or income of the Company, except as
set forth in the Registration Statement or Prospectus,  (vi) no stop order shall
have been  issued  under the Act and no  proceedings  therefor  shall  have been
initiated or threatened by the Commission,  and (vii) the Registration Statement
and the  Prospectus  and any  amendments  or  supplements  thereto  contain  all
material  statements  which are required to be stated therein in accordance with
the Act  and  the  Regulations  and  conform  in all  material  respects  to the
requirements  of the Act and  the  Regulations,  and  neither  the  Registration
Statement  nor the  Prospectus  nor any  amendment or  supplement  thereto shall
contain any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact
required to be stated  therein or necessary to make the  statements  therein not
misleading.

         4.5 OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE  UNDERWRITER.  All proceedings  taken in
connection with the authorization,  issuance or sale of the Securities as herein
contemplated  shall be  reasonably  satisfactory  in form and  substance  to the
Underwriter, and you shall have received from such counsel as you may choose any
requested  favorable  opinion,  dated the Closing  Date with  respect to such of
these  proceedings as you may reasonably  require.  On or prior to the Effective
Date and each Closing Date, the Underwriter or counsel for the Underwriter shall
have been  furnished  such  documents,  certificates  and  opinions  as they may
reasonably  require for the purpose of enabling  them to review or pass upon the
matters  referred to in this Section 4.5, or in order to evidence the  accuracy,
completeness  or  satisfaction  of  any of the  representations,  warranties  or
conditions herein contained.

5. CONDITIONS OF THE  OBLIGATIONS OF THE COMPANY.  The obligation of the Company
to sell and deliver the Shares is subject to the  following  conditions  at each
Closing Date:

         5.1 The  Registration  Statement shall have become  effective not later
than 10:00 a.m. New York time, on the day following the date of this  Agreement,
or on such later date as the Company and the Underwriter may agree in writing.

         5.2 No stop orders  suspending the  effectiveness  of the  Registration
Statement  shall  have been  issued  under the Act or any  proceedings  therefor
initiated or threatened by the Commission.

6.       INDEMNIFICATION.

         6.1      INDEMNIFICATION OF THE UNDERWRITER.

                  6.1.1 GENERAL.  Subject to the conditions set forth below, the
Company  agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the  Underwriter,  its directors,
officers,  agents and  employees  and each  person,  if any,  who  controls  the
Underwriter  ("controlling  person") within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act
or Section  20(a) of the  Exchange  Act,  against  any and all loss,  liability,
claim,  damage and expense whatsoever  (including but not limited to any and all
legal or other  expenses  reasonably  incurred in  investigating,  preparing  or
defending  against  any  litigation,  commenced  or  threatened,  or  any  claim
whatsoever)  to which they or any of them may become  subject under the Act, the
Exchange  Act or any other  statute or common law or

                                       17






otherwise or under the laws of foreign  countries,  arising out of or based upon
any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact  contained  in (i) any  Preliminary
Prospectus,  the Registration  Statement or the Prospectus (as from time to time
each may be amended and supplemented);  (ii) in any post-effective  amendment or
amendments or any new registration  statement or prospectus in which is included
securities of the Company issued or issuable upon exercise of the  Underwriter's
Share  Purchase  Option;  or (iii) any  application or other document or written
communication (in this Section 6, collectively called "application") executed by
the Company or based upon  written  information  furnished by the Company in any
jurisdiction  in order to  qualify  the  Securities  under the  securities  laws
thereof or filed with the Commission, any state securities commission or agency,
NASD,  Bulletin  Board or any  securities  exchange,  or the omission or alleged
omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading, unless such statement or omission
was made in reliance upon, and in strict  conformity with,  written  information
furnished to the Company with respect to the  Underwriter by or on behalf of the
Underwriter  expressly for use in any Preliminary  Prospectus,  the Registration
Statement or  Prospectus,  or any  amendment or  supplement  thereof,  or in any
application,  as the case may be.  The  Company  agrees  promptly  to notify the
Underwriter of the  commencement  of any  litigation or proceedings  against the
Company or any of its officers,  directors or controlling  persons in connection
with the issue and sale of the Securities or in connection with the Registration
Statement or Prospectus. The indemnity obligations of the Company in the Section
6.1.1 shall be in addition to the  obligations  which the Company may have under
common law or otherwise.

                  6.1.2  PROCEDURE.   If  any  action  is  brought  against  the
Underwriter  or controlling  person in respect of which  indemnity may be sought
against the Company  pursuant to Section 6.1.1,  the Underwriter  shall promptly
notify the Company in writing of the  institution of such action and the Company
shall assume the defense of such action,  including  the  employment  of counsel
(subject to the approval of the Underwriter) and payment of actual expenses. The
failure of the  Underwriter  to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company
of liability to the  Underwriter  pursuant to such notice  unless the Company is
materially  prejudiced by such failure.  The  Underwriter or controlling  person
shall  have the right to employ its or their own  counsel in any such case,  but
the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of the Underwriter
or such controlling  person unless (i) the employment of such counsel shall have
been authorized in writing by the Company in connection with the defense of such
action,  or (ii) the Company shall not have  employed  counsel to have charge of
the defense of such action,  or (iii) such  indemnified  party or parties  shall
have  reasonably  concluded  that there may be defenses  available to it or them
which are different  from or  additional  to those  available to the Company (in
which case the  Company  shall not have the right to direct the  defense of such
action on behalf of the  indemnified  party or parties),  in any of which events
the fees and expenses of not more than one additional firm of attorneys selected
by the  Underwriter  and/or  controlling  person  shall be borne by the Company.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Underwriter or
controlling  person shall  assume the defense of such action as provided  above,
the Company shall have the right to approve the terms of any  settlement of such
action,  with  the  Underwriter's  consent,  which  shall  not  be  unreasonably
withheld.


                                       18






         6.2 INDEMNIFICATION OF THE COMPANY. The Underwriter agrees to indemnify
and hold harmless the Company, its directors, officers, agents and employees and
each person, if any, who control the Company  ("controlling  person") within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section  20(a) of the  Exchange  Act against
any  and all  loss,  liability,  claim,  damage  and  expense  described  in the
foregoing indemnity from the Company to the Underwriter,  as incurred,  but only
with respect to untrue statements or omissions,  or alleged untrue statements or
omissions,  directly relating to the transactions effected by the Underwriter in
connection  with  this  offering  made  in  any  Preliminary   Prospectus,   the
Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto or
in any  application  in reliance upon, and in strict  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the  Underwriter  by or on
behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in such Preliminary Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement of Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto or
in any  application  in reliance upon, and in strict  conformity  with,  written
information  furnished to the Company with respect to the  Underwriter  by or on
behalf of the Underwriter expressly for use in such Preliminary Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto or
in any such application. In case any action shall be brought against the Company
or any other person so  indemnified  based on any  Preliminary  Prospectus,  the
Registration  Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement  thereto or
any  application,  and in respect of which  indemnity may be sought  against the
Underwriter,  the  Underwriter  shall have the  rights  and duties  given to the
Company,  and the Company and each other  person so  indemnified  shall have the
rights and duties given to the Underwriter by the provisions of Section 6.1.2.

         6.3      CONTRIBUTION.

                  6.3.1  CONTRIBUTION  RIGHTS.  In order to provide for just and
equitable  contribution  under  the Act in any  case  in  which  (i) any  person
entitled to indemnification under this Section 6 makes claim for indemnification
pursuant  hereto  but it is  judicially  determined  (by  the  entry  of a final
judgment or decree by a court of competent  jurisdiction  and the  expiration of
time  to  appeal  or  the  denial  of  the  last  right  of  appeal)  that  such
indemnification  may not be enforced in such case  notwithstanding the fact that
this Section 6 provides for  indemnification  in such case, or (ii) contribution
under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise  may be required on the part of any
such person in circumstances  for which  indemnification  is provided under this
Section 6, then,  and in each such case, the Company and the  Underwriter  shall
contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses in
such  proportions  that the Underwriter is responsible for ten percent (10%) and
the Company is responsible for the balance.  If such allocation is not permitted
by applicable law, such losses, liabilities, claims, damages, and expenses shall
be allocated (A) in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect the relative
benefits received by each of the contributing  parties, on the one hand, and the
party to be  indemnified  on the other hand,  from the offering of the Shares or
(B) if the  allocation  provided  by  clause  (A)  above  is  not  permitted  by
applicable  law, in such  proportion as is  appropriate  to reflect not only the
relative benefits referred to in clause (A) above but also the relative fault of
each  of the  contributing  parties,  on the  one  hand,  and  the 


                                       19






party to be indemnified, on the other hand, in connection with the statements or
omissions  that  resulted  in  such  losses,   claims,   damages,   expenses  or
liabilities,  as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  No person
guilty of fraudulent  misrepresentation  (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of
the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of
such  fraudulent  misrepresentation.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  this
Section 6.3, the  Underwriter  shall not be required to contribute any amount in
excess  of the  amount  by  which  (i) the  total  price  at  which  the  Shares
distributed  to the public were offered and sold to the public  exceeds (ii) the
sum of (x) the amount of any damages which the  Underwriter  has otherwise  been
required  to pay in respect of such  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages and
expenses  and  (y)  the  Underwriter's   proportionate  share  of  such  losses,
liabilities,  claims,  damages and  expenses.  For the purposes of this Section,
each director, officer and employee of the Underwriter, and each person, if any,
who controls the  Underwriter  within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act shall
have the same rights to contributions as the Underwriter.

                  6.3.2  CONTRIBUTION  PROCEDURE.   Within  fifteen  days  after
receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its  representative) of notice of the
commencement of any action, suit or proceeding,  such party will, if a claim for
contribution   in  respect   thereof  is  to  be  made  against   another  party
("contributing  party"),  notify  the  contributing  party  of the  commencement
thereof,  but the omission to so notify the contributing  party will not relieve
it from any  liability  which  it may have to any  other  party  other  than for
contribution  hereunder.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought
against  any  party,  and  such  party  notifies  a  contributing  party  or its
representative  of the commencement  thereof within the aforesaid  fifteen days,
the contributing party or its representative of the commencement  thereof within
the  aforesaid  fifteen  days,  the  contributing  party  will  be  entitled  to
participate  therein with the notifying party and any other  contributing  party
similarly notified. Any such contribution party shall not be liable to any party
seeking  contribution  on account  of any  settlement  of any  claim,  action or
proceeding  effected  by such  party  seeking  contribution  on  account  of any
settlement of any claim,  action or proceeding  which was effected by such party
without the written consent of such  contributing  party which consent shall not
be unreasonably withheld. The contribution  provisions contained in this Section
are  intended  to  supersede,  to the  extent  permitted  by law,  any  right to
contribution under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available.

7. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY. Except as the
context  otherwise  requires,  all  representations,  warranties  and agreements
contained in this Agreement  shall be deemed to be  representations,  warranties
and  agreements at each Closing Date and such  representations,  warranties  and
agreements of the Underwriter and the Company, including the indemnity agreement
contained  in Section 6 hereof,  shall  remain  operative  and in full force and
effect regardless of any investigation  made by or on behalf of the Underwriter,
the Company or any  controlling  person and shall  survive  termination  of this
Agreement or the issuance  and delivery of the  Securities  until the earlier of
the  expiration  of  any  applicable   statute  of  limitations  and  the  third
anniversary of the applicable  Closing Date, at which time the  representations,
warranties and agreement shall terminate and be of no further force and effect.

                                       20







8.       EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION THEREOF.

         8.1  EFFECTIVE  DATE.  This  Agreement  shall  become  effective on the
Effective  Date  at  the  time  that  the  Registration  Statement  is  declared
effective.  You may prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming  effective  without
liability  to any other  party,  except as noted  below,  by giving  the  notice
indicated  below in this  Section  8  before  the time  this  Agreement  becomes
effective.

         8.2  TERMINATION.  You shall have the right to terminate this Agreement
at any time, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has
materially disrupted, or in your opinion will in the immediate future materially
disrupt,  general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on
the New York Stock  Exchange,  the  American  Stock  Exchange,  The Boston Stock
Exchange,  the Bulletin Board or otherwise in the over-the-counter  market shall
have been  suspended,  or minimum or maximum  prices for trading shall have been
fixed,  or maximum  ranges for prices for securities  shall have been fixed,  or
maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by the NASD or
by  order  of  the  Commission  or  any  other   government   authority   having
jurisdiction,  or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a war
or major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New
York state or federal  authority,  or (v) if a  moratorium  on foreign  exchange
trading has been declared which materially  adversely  impacts the United States
securities  market,  or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss
by fire,  flood,  accident,  hurricane,  earthquake,  theft,  sabotage  or other
calamity  or  malicious  act  which,  whether  or not such loss  shall have been
insured,  will, in your opinion,  make it inadvisable to proceed with the of the
Securities,  or (vii) if Thomas W. DeJordy  shall no longer serve the Company in
his  present  capacity,  or  (viii)  if  the  Company  has  breached  any of its
representations,   warranties,   or  obligations  hereunder,   or  (ix)  if  the
Underwriter  shall have  become  aware  after the date hereof of such a material
adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), business, or prospects
of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions, as
in the  Underwriter's  sole judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with
the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Securities.

         8.3  NOTICE.  If you elect to  prevent  this  Agreement  from  becoming
effective  or to  terminate  this  Agreement  as provided in this Section 8, the
Company  shall be  notified  on the same day as such  election is made by you by
telephone or telecopy, confirmed by letter.

         8.4  INDEMNIFICATION.  Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained
in this Agreement,  any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement,
and whether or not this  Agreement is otherwise  carried out, the  provisions of
Section 6 shall not be in any way affected by, such election or  termination  or
failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.


                                       21






9.       MISCELLANEOUS.

         9.1 NOTICES. All communications  hereunder,  except as herein otherwise
specifically  provided,  shall be in writing and shall be mailed,  delivered  or
telecopied and confirmed as follows:

If to the Underwriter:              Earnhardt Co., Inc.
                                    One Willison Park
                                    Morristown, New Jersey 07960
                                    Attn:  Eric Earnhardt

         Copy to:                   Gordon A. Carpenter, Esq.
                                    91 Friendship Street
                                    Providence, Rhode Island 02903

If to the Company:                  Cafe La France, Inc.
                                    216 Weybosset Street - 4th Floor
                                    Providence, Rhode Island 02903
                                    Attn: Thomas W. DeJordy, President

         Copy to:                   Duffy & Sweeney
                                    300 Turks Head Building
                                    Providence, Rhode Island 02903
                                    Attn:  Michael F. Sweeney, Esq.

         9.2 HEADINGS. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of
convenience  of reference,  and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning
or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement.

         9.3  AMENDMENT.  This  Agreement  may  only  be  amended  by a  written
instrument  executed by each of the parties  hereto  (except that any person may
unilaterally by notice revise such person's address for communications).

         9.4  ENTIRE  AGREEMENT.   This  Agreement   (together  with  the  other
agreements and documents being delivered  pursuant to or in connection with this
Agreement)  constitutes the entire  agreement of the parties hereto with respect
to  the  subject  matter  hereof,   and  supersede  all  prior   agreements  and
understandings  of the parties,  oral and  written,  with respect to the subject
matter hereof.

         9.5 BINDING EFFECT. This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of
and shall be binding  upon,  the  Underwriter,  the Company and the  controlling
persons,  directors and officers,  employees and agents referred to in Section 6
hereof,  and their respective  successors other than a purchaser as such, of the
Shares, legal  representatives and assigns, and no other person shall 


                                       22






have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under
or in  respect  of or by  virtue  of this  Agreement  or any  provisions  herein
contained.

         9.6 GOVERNING LAW,  JURISDICTION.  This Agreement  shall be governed by
and  construed  and enforced in  accordance  with the laws of the State of Rhode
Island,  without  giving  effect to conflicts of law. The Company  hereby agrees
that any action,  proceeding  or claim  against it arising out of or relating in
any way to this Agreement  shall be enforced in the Courts of the State of Rhode
Island of the United States of America  federal  district court in Rhode Island,
and  irrevocably  submits  to such  jurisdiction,  which  jurisdiction  shall be
exclusive.   The  Company   hereby  waives  any  objection  to  such   exclusive
jurisdiction  and that such courts  represent an  inconvenient  forum.  Any such
process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by  transmitted a
copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested,  postage
prepaid,  addressed  to it at the  address  set forth in Section 9 hereof.  Such
mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the
Company in any action,  proceeding  or claim.  The  Company and the  Underwriter
agree that the  prevailing  party(ies)  in any such action  shall be entitled to
recover from the other  party(ies)  all of its  reasonable  attorneys'  fees and
expenses  relating to such action or  proceeding  and/or  incurred in connection
with the preparation therefor.

         9.7 EXECUTION IN COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in one or
more counterparts, and by the different parties hereto in separate counterparts,
each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which taken together
shall constitute one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one
or more counterparts has been signed by each of the parties hereto and delivered
to each of the other parties hereto.

         9.8 WAIVER,  ETC. The failure of any of the parties  hereto at any time
enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be deemed or construed
to be a waiver of any such  provision,  nor to in any way affect the validity of
this  Agreement or any  provision  hereof or the right of any parties  hereto to
thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Agreement.  No waiver of any
breach,  non-compliance  or  non-fulfillment  of any of the  provisions  of this
Agreement. No waiver of any breach,  non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of
the  provisions  of this  Agreement  shall be  effective  unless  set forth in a
written  instrument  executed  by the  party or  parties  against  whom or which
enforcement  of such  waiver  is  sought;  and no  waiver  of any  such  breach,
non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of
any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment.

         9.9 PARTIES IN INTEREST.  This Agreement is made solely for the benefit
of the  Underwriter,  the Company  and, to the extent  expressed,  to any person
controlling  the Company,  the Underwriter or each officer,  director,  partner,
employee and agent of the Company or Underwriter, respectively, the directors of
the Company, its officers who have signed the Registration Statement,  and their
respective  executors,  administrators,  successors  and assigns,  and, no other
person will acquire or have any right under or by virtue of this Agreement.


                                       23






         If the foregoing  correctly  sets forth the  understanding  between the
Underwriter and the Company,  please so indicate in the space provided below for
that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement between
us.

                                            Very truly yours,

                                            CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.



                                            By:________________________________
                                                 Thomas W. DeJordy, President


Accepted as of the date first above written.

Providence, Rhode Island

EARNHARDT CO., INC.



By:_____________________________
     Title:

                                       24







                        SELECTED DEALER SELLING AGREEMENT



Earnhardt Co., Inc. (the "Agent") as an exclusive agent for Cafe La France, Inc.
(the  "Company")  relative  to  its  offering  of up to  1,125,000  shares  (the
"Shares")  of Common  Stock,  $.01 per share,  of the Company,  hereby  appoints
_________________  as a selected  dealer  (the  "Dealer")  and agrees to allow a
selling concession of ___ percent (__%) of the total sales price as set forth in
the Prospectus [and to cause the Company to issue to the Dealer an Underwriter's
Share  Purchase  Option (as defined in the  Underwriting  Agreement  between the
Company  and the Agent) for _____  percent  (_____%)  of the Shares  sold by the
Dealer];  provided that any  customer/purchaser of the Dealer has been furnished
with all needed Prospectus and other documents that may be required,  all to the
satisfaction of the Company and its counsel. No member of the NASD will re-allow
commissions to any non-member  broker/dealer,  including foreign  broker/dealers
registered  pursuant to the  Securities  and Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange
Act"). The following provisions will also apply:

         1.  The  Company  and  the  Agent  reserve  the  right  to  reject  all
subscriptions,  in  whole  or in  part,  to make  allotments  and to  close  the
subscription books at any time without notice.  Payment of shares sold by you is
to be made by check,  money  order,  or  banker's  draft  only and shall be made
payable to "Cafe La France."  With  respect to all shares  sold by you  pursuant
hereto,  you will  promptly  transmit (by noon of the next  business day) to the
Agent,  at the address set forth below for  forwarding  on to the  Company,  all
checks,  money orders and banker's drafts received in payment in the full amount
of the Offering Price for the number of shares purchased  without  deduction for
any commission or concession,  in compliance with Rule 15c2-4 under the Exchange
Act.  Closings and Share  certificate  issuances shall be in accordance with the
Underwriting Agreement.

         2. If a payment is received which proves insufficient or worthless, any
compensation  that  may  have  been  paid to the  Dealer  with  respect  to such
subscription shall be returned either by the Dealer's  remittances in cash or by
charge against the account of the Dealer, as the Agent may elect.

         3. A  registration  statement  covering  the offering of the Shares has
been filed with the  Securities and "Exchange  Commission.  You will be promptly
advised when the registration  statement  becomes  effective.  You as the Dealer
agree that you will comply with the  applicable  provision of the Securities Act
of 1933  (the  "Securities  Act")  and of the  rules  thereunder.  No  person is
authorized  by the Company or the Agent to give any  information  or to make any
representations  other than those contained in the Prospectus in connection with
the sale of the Common Stock. Nothing contained herein shall render the Dealer a
partner of the Agent or with one another.

         4. Upon  becoming a Dealer and in offering and selling the shares,  you
agree to comply with all  applicable  requirements  of the  Securities  Act, the
Exchange Act, any applicable  state securities or "Blue Sky" laws, and the Rules
of Fair Practice of the NASD,








including but not limited to,  Article III,  Sections: 1,8,24,35 and 36 thereof,
and the interpretations of said section promulgated by the Board of Governors of
such  Association.  Upon  application  you will be  informed as to the states of
which we have been  advised  by counsel  to the  Company  that the shares of the
Company's  Common  Stock  have  been  qualified  for  sale  or are  exempt  from
registration  under the  respective  securities or Blue Sky laws of such states,
but we assume no obligation or  responsibility  as to the right of any Dealer to
sell the shares in any state, or as to any sale therein.

         5. In addition to compliance with the provisions of paragraph 4 hereof,
you will not, until advised by us in writing or by wire that the entire offering
has been  distributed and closed,  bid for or purchase Shares in the open market
or otherwise  make a market in the Shares or otherwise  attempt to induce others
to purchase  shares in the open market.  Nothing  contained in this  paragraph 5
shall,  however,  preclude  you  from  acting  as  agent  in  the  execution  of
unsolicited  orders of customers in transactions  effectuated for them through a
market maker.

         6. You represent that you are a member in good standing of the NASD and
registered as a  broker/dealer  with the Securities and Exchange  Commission and
that in taking  sales you will abide by the Rules of Fair  Practice of the NASD.
You as a member of the NASD by signing this agreement,  acknowledge that you are
familiar with the cited laws,  rules and regulations and agree that you will not
directly  and/or  indirectly   violate  any  provisions  of  applicable  law  in
connection  with your sales.  You will deliver a copy of the  Prospectus and any
current  amendment of or supplement to the  Prospectus to each investor prior to
accepting such investor's payment.

         7.  By  accepting  this   Agreement,   each  Dealer  has  assumed  full
responsibility for thorough and prior training of its representatives concerning
the  selling  methods  to be used in  connection  with the offer and sale of the
Shares,  giving  special  emphasis  to the  NASD's  principles  of full and fair
disclosure to prospective investors and suitability standards.

         8. Each Dealer  agrees to indemnify  and hold  harmless the Agent,  the
Company and the other Dealers  against and from any liability,  loss,  damage or
expense  arising  out of any failure by the  Selected  Dealer to comply with the
Securities Act, the Exchange Act,  applicable  securities laws of any state, the
rules and  regulation of the SEC or the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD,  due
to any act or omission by the Dealers or its agents or employees.

         9. As the Agent, we shall have full authority to take such action as we
may  deem  advisable  in all  matters  pertaining  to the  offering  or  arising
thereunder.  We will not be under any  liability  or in  respect  of the  value,
validity,  or form of the Shares,  or the delivery of the  certificates  for the
Shares  or the  performance  by  anyone of any  agreement  on its  part,  or the
qualification of the Shares for sale under the laws of any jurisdiction,  or for
or in respect of any matter  connected with this  Agreement,  except for lack of
good  faith  obligation  expressly  assumed  by us in  this  Agreement,  and any
liability  due to our act or omission  arising under the  Securities  Act or the
Exchange Act.






         10.      This Agreement will terminate when the offering is completed.

         11. Notice to us shall be deemed duly given if  telegraphed,  mailed or
delivered,  or if given  verbally and confirmed by us in writing,  and should be
addressed to us at the following address:

                               Earnhardt Co., Inc.
                              Ten Abbott Park Place
                                   Third Floor
                              Providence, RI 02903
                                 (401) 331-5400
                              (401) 272-4487 (Fax)

Notice to you shall be deemed to have been duly given if telegraphed,  mailed or
delivered to you at the address set forth by you in this Agreement,  or if given
verbally and confirmed in writing.

If you desire to  participate  in the offering of the Shares as herein above set
forth,  please sign the acceptance  below and provide the pertinent  information
requested.

                                               Very truly yours,

                                               EARNHARDT CO., INC.


                                               By:____________________________
                                                    Title:

                                               Dated: ____________, 1997









Acknowledged and Agreed:

                                    (Dealer)



By:______________________________
      Authorized Signatory

Dated: _____________, 1997


Name, Address and Telephone Numbers of Dealer

- ---------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------

- ---------------------------------------------





                                                                     EXHIBIT 4.1


FRONT

COMMON STOCK                                                        COMMON STOCK

THIS CERTIFICATE IS TRANSFERABLE IN
DENVER, COLORADO AND NEW YORK, NEW YORK

INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

CUSIP 127697 10 0

THIS CERTIFIES THAT






is the owner of


FULLY-PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF THE PAR VALUE OF ONE CENT ($.01) EACH OF
THE COMMON STOCK OF

CAFE LA FRANCE, INC., transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder
hereof  in  person  or by  duly  authorized  attorney,  upon  surrender  of this
certificate  properly  endorsed.  This  certificate  and the shares  represented
hereby are issued and shall be held subject to the laws of the State of Delaware
and the Certificate of Incorporation and the By-Laws of the Corporation,  as the
same may be from time to time amended,  to all of which the holder by acceptance
hereof  assents.  This  certificate  is not valid  unless  countersigned  by the
Transfer Agent and Registrar.

WITNESS the facsimile seal of the  Corporation  and the facsimile  signatures of
its duly authorized officers. Dated:


Robert G. King
TREASURER


[illegible]
PRESIDENT

COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED:
AMERICAN SECURITIES TRANSFER & TRUST, INC.
P.O. Box 1596
Denver, Colorado 80201
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

BY

AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE

BACK

The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription on the face of this
certificate,  shall  be  construed  as  though  they  were  written  out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

         TEN COM  --        as tenants in common
         TEN ENT  --        as tenants by the entireties
         JT TEN   --        as joint tenants with rights
                            of survivorship and not as
                            tenants in common


UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -- ..................... Custodian............................
                            (Cust)                              (Minor)
                     Under Uniform Gifts to Minors

                     Act ..........................
                                (State)

    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

         PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
           IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
           ------------------------------
                                       
                                     
           ------------------------------





- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shares of Capital Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
irrevocably constitute and appoint


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Attorney to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation
with full power of substitution in the premises.


Dated
     -------------------      --------------------------------------------------
                              NOTICE: THE  SIGNATURE  TO  THIS  ASSIGNMENT  MUST
                                      CORRESPOND  WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN  UPON
                                      THE  FACE  OF THE  CERTIFICATE,  IN  EVERY
                                      PARTICULAR,    WITHOUT    ALTERATION    OR
                                      ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

Signature(s) Guaranteed:



- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
THE  SIGNATURE(S)  SHOULD BE  GUARANTEED  BY AN ELIGIBLE  GUARANTOR  INSTITUTION
(BANKS,  STOCKBROKERS,  SAVINGS  AND LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS  AND CREDIT  UNIONS WITH
MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE  MEDALLION  PROGRAM),  PURSUANT TO
S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.



                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1




                                                                  April 10, 1997



Cafe La France, Inc.
216 Weybosset Street
Providence, RI 02903

Re:    Registration Statement on Form SB-2 (Registration No. 333-18093)

         In our  capacity  as  counsel  to  Cafe La  France,  Inc.,  a  Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company"),  we have been  asked to render  this  opinion  in
connection  with a  Registration  Statement  on  Form  SB-2  (the  "Registration
Statement")  which will be filed on or about the date hereof with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as amended  (the
"Act"),  for registration  under the Act of an aggregate of (i) 1,125,000 shares
(the "Shares") of the Company's  Common Stock, par value $.01 per share ("Common
Stock");  and (ii) up to 56,250 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
an option (the "Underwriter's  Option") to be issued to Earnhardt Co., Inc. (the
"Underwriter").  The  Shares  are to be  offered  and sold to the  public by the
Underwriter  as  the  Company's  selling  agent  pursuant  to  the  Registration
Statement.  Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall
have the meanings set forth in the Registration Statement.

       In  connection  with  this  opinion,   we  have  examined  the  Company's
Certificate  of  Incorporation,  the By-Laws of the  Company,  the  Registration
Statement,  including the exhibits thereto, corporate proceedings of the Company
relating to the issuance of the Shares and the  Underwriter's  Option,  and such
other   instruments   and  documents  as  we  have  deemed  relevant  under  the
circumstances.  In  addition,  we have  examined  and  relied  upon  such  other
certificates, documents and materials and have made such other inquiries of fact
or law as we have  deemed  necessary  or  appropriate  in  connection  with this
opinion.

       In making the aforesaid  examination,  we have assumed the genuineness of
all signatures and the conformity to original  documents of all copies furnished
to us as original or photostatic copies. We have also assumed that the corporate
records  furnished  to us by  the  Company  include  all  corporate  proceedings
regarding the issuance of the Shares and the  Underwriter's  Option taken by the
Company to date.

       Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

       1. The  maximum of  1,125,000  Shares  proposed to be sold by the Company
will,  when sold pursuant to the  Registration  Statement and the resolutions of
the Board of Directors of the Company  authorizing  the same, be legally issued,
fully paid and non-assessable.

       2. The maximum of 56,250 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of
the  Underwriter's  Option will,  when issued in  accordance  with the terms and
conditions  of the  Underwriter's  Option to be  granted  by the  Company to the
Underwriter,  a form  of  which  is  filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration
Statement, be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

       We hereby  consent  to the use of our  opinion  as herein set forth as an
exhibit to the  Registration  Statement and further  consent to the reference to
our firm under the caption "Legal  Matters" in the Prospectus  forming a part of
the Registration Statement.

       By giving the foregoing consent,  we do not admit that we come within the
category of persons whose consent is required  under Section 7 of the Act or the
rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

       This opinion is rendered to you in  connection  with the Offering and may
not be relied upon or furnished  to any other person in any context  without our
written consent.

                                                             Very Truly Yours,

                                                             /s/ Duffy & Sweeney

                                                             Duffy & Sweeney



                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.21



                                             March 21, 1997




Earnhardt Co., Inc.
One Willison Park
Morristown, NJ 07960

Re: Cafe La France, Inc.


Gentlemen:

     In  consideration  of the agreement by you to act as "best efforts" selling
agent for the  initial  public  offering  by Cafe La  France,  Inc.,  a Delaware
corporation  (the  "Company") of up to 1,125,000  shares  of common  stock,  par
value $.01 per share (the "Shares"),  pursuant to the underwriting  agreement to
be  entered  into  by and  between  Earnhardt  Co.,Inc.  and  the  Company,  the
undersigned  agrees that for a period of thirteen (13) months from the effective
date of the Company's registration statement on Form SB-2 regarding the offering
of the Shares,  the undersigned  will not,  without your prior written  consent,
publicly offer, sell or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common
stock  of the  Company  currently  outstanding  and  beneficially  owned  by the
undersigned.

     The  undersigned  further  advises  you  that as of the  date  hereof,  the
undersigned  beneficially  owns 1,154,563 shares of common stock of the Company,
including 62,500 which have been pledged as security for a personal  guaranty by
the  undersigned  of the  obligations of the Company's  subsidiaries  under that
certain  Security  Agreement  between CLF2,  Inc. and Michael A. Cardillo  dated
March 4, 1997.


                                             Very truly yours,



                                             /s/ Thomas W. DeJordy
                                             ---------------------
                                             Thomas W. DeJordy




                                                                      EXHIBIT 11


                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.

                          COMPUTATION OF LOSS PER SHARE

              YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 29, 1996 AND THREE MONTHS ENDED
                    DECEMBER 29, 1996 AND DECEMBER 31, 1995



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          Three Months Ended                       
                                                     Year Ended              -----------------------------------------------    
                                                 September 29, 1996            December 29, 1996             December  31, 1995    
                                             ---------------------------   --------------------------    --------------------------
                                               Primary     Fully Diluted     Primary    Fully Diluted     Primary     Fully Diluted
                                               -------     -------------     -------    -------------     -------     -------------
<S>                                          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>         
Net loss applicable to common shares:        $(673,307)     $(673,307)     $(295,879)     $(295,879)     $ (96,104)     $ (96,104)  
                                             ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========     ==========  
                                                                                                                                    
Weighted average number of shares
 outstanding(1):                                                                                          
     Outstanding at beginning of period....   1,616,628      1,616,628      1,616,628      1,616,628      1,616,628      1,616,628  
     Assumed exercise of stock options and
       warrants...                              159,192        159,192        159,192        159,192        159,192        159,192  
                                             ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------     ----------  
          Total............................   1,775,820      1,775,820      1,775,820      1,775,820      1,775,820      1,775,820  
                                              =========      =========      =========      =========      =========      =========  
                                                                                                                                    
Net loss per common share (2)                $    (.38)     $     (.38)    $    (.17)     $     (.17)    $    (.05)     $     (.05) 
                                             ==========     ===========    ==========     ===========    ==========     =========== 
                                                                                                                                    
</TABLE>

- --------------------------

(1)  Pursuant to SEC Staff  Accounting  Bulletin 83,  common  stock  options and
warrants  granted and shares issued during the 12 months  immediately  preceding
the offering date at a price below the proposed  offering price of the Company's
initial public  offering are reflected in the earnings per share  calculation as
if they had been  outstanding for the full year (using the treasury stock method
and the proposed initial public offering price).

(2)   Prior to October 2,  1995,  the Company elected  S-corporation  status and
therefore  was not  subject  to federal  and state  income  taxes.  Accordingly,
earnings  per share  data has been  presented  only for  periods beginning after
October 1, 1995.




                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS CONSENT


We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the references to our
firm under the headings "Selected  Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" in
the prospectus.


Our report dated November 7, 1996, except as to notes 7, 11 and 13, which are as
of March 10,  1997,  contains  an  explanatory  paragraph  that  states that the
Company has  suffered  recurring  losses from  operations  and has a net capital
deficiency,  which  raise  substantial  doubt about its ability to continue as a
going  concern.  The  consolidated  financial  statements  do  not  include  any
adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.



Providence, Rhode Island                                  KPMG PEAT MARWICK LLP
April 10, 1997


                                                                    EXHIBIT 24.1
                                                                    ------------



                              CAFE LA FRANCE, INC.

                            POWER OF ATTORNEY TO SIGN
                           REGISTRATION STATEMENTS ON
                             FORM SB-2 AND FORM S-8


       KNOW  ALL  MEN BY  THESE  PRESENTS,  that  the  Undersigned  does  hereby
constitute  and  appoint  Thomas W.  DeJordy and Robert G. King and each of them
with full power of  substitution  and full power to act without  the other,  his
true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent for him in his name, place and stead,
in any and all capacities,  to sign the following:  (i) a Registration Statement
on Form SB-2 of Cafe La France, Inc. (the "Company") relating to the sale by the
Company  of shares of the  Company's  common  stock,  and any or all  amendments
(including post-effective  amendments) thereto; (ii) a Registration Statement on
Form S-8 of the Company  relating to the 1996 Incentive Stock Option Plan of the
Company,  and  any  or  all  amendments  (including  post-effective  amendments)
thereto;  and to file each of the same,  with all  exhibits  thereto,  and other
documents in connection  therewith,  with the Securities and Exchange Commision,
granting unto said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents,  and each of them, full power
and  authority  to do and perform  each and every act and thing  necessary to be
done in order to effectuate the same as fully,  to all intents and purposes,  as
they or he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that
said  attorneys-in-fact  and agents, or either of them, may lawfully do or cause
to be done by virtue hereof.




Date:    March 12, 1997                      /s/ Richard LaFrance
     ------------------------                --------------------------
                                             Richard LaFrance, Director




<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE>                     5
       
<S>                            <C>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                  12-MOS                          3-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                             SEP-29-1996                  SEP-29-1996 
<PERIOD-START>                                OCT-02-1995                  SEP-30-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                  SEP-29-1996                  DEC-29-1996
<CASH>                                        5695                         5313
<SECURITIES>                                  0                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                                 54754                        55,589
<ALLOWANCES>                                  19000                        20500
<INVENTORY>                                   45284                        64220
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                              145219                       295,550
<PP&E>                                        795503                       815591
<DEPRECIATION>                                156986                       178232
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                885654                       1038128
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                         785570                       1218728
<BONDS>                                       0                            0
                         0                            0
                                   0                            0
<COMMON>                                      948191                       978191
<OTHER-SE>                                    (1266869)                   (1562748)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                  885,654                      1038128
<SALES>                                       2101283                      621320
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                              2198753                      635027
<CGS>                                         884068                       236089
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                 2815354                      883759
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                              0                            0
<LOSS-PROVISION>                              0                            0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                            55956                        46397
<INCOME-PRETAX>                               (672557)                     (295129)
<INCOME-TAX>                                  750                          750
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                           (673307)                     (295879)
<DISCONTINUED>                                0                            0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                               0                            0
<CHANGES>                                     0                            0
<NET-INCOME>                                  (673307)                     (295879)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                 (.38)                        (.17)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                 (.38)                        (.17)
                                                           

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission